1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
47 #include <algorithm>
48 #include <cstring>
49 #include <functional>
50 
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 static bool isTypeTemplate(NamedDecl *ND) {
64   return isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND) || isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(ND) ||
65          isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ND);
66 }
67 
68 namespace {
69 
70 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
71  public:
72   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
73                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
74       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
75         AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
76     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
77     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
78     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
79   }
80 
81   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
82     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
83       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
84       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowTemplates && isTypeTemplate(ND);
85       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
86              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
87     }
88     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
89   }
90 
91  private:
92   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
93   bool WantClassName;
94   bool AllowTemplates;
95 };
96 
97 } // end anonymous namespace
98 
99 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
100 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
101   switch (Kind) {
102   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
103   // token kind is a valid type specifier
104   case tok::kw_short:
105   case tok::kw_long:
106   case tok::kw___int64:
107   case tok::kw___int128:
108   case tok::kw_signed:
109   case tok::kw_unsigned:
110   case tok::kw_void:
111   case tok::kw_char:
112   case tok::kw_int:
113   case tok::kw_half:
114   case tok::kw_float:
115   case tok::kw_double:
116   case tok::kw___float128:
117   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
118   case tok::kw_bool:
119   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
120   case tok::kw___auto_type:
121     return true;
122 
123   case tok::annot_typename:
124   case tok::kw_char16_t:
125   case tok::kw_char32_t:
126   case tok::kw_typeof:
127   case tok::annot_decltype:
128   case tok::kw_decltype:
129     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
130 
131   default:
132     break;
133   }
134 
135   return false;
136 }
137 
138 namespace {
139 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
140   NotFound,
141   FoundNonType,
142   FoundType
143 };
144 } // end anonymous namespace
145 
146 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
147 /// dependent class.
148 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
149 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
150 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
151 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
152                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
153                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
154   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
155     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
156   // Look for type decls in base classes.
157   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
158       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
159   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
160     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
161     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
162       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
163     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
164       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
165       // templates.
166       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
167         continue;
168       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
169       if (!TD)
170         continue;
171       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
172           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
173         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
174           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
175         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
176           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
177                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
178             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
179               BaseRD = PS;
180         }
181       }
182     }
183     if (BaseRD) {
184       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
185         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
186           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
187         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
188       }
189       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
190         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
191         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
192           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
193         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
194           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
195           break;
196         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
197           break;
198         }
199       }
200     }
201   }
202 
203   return FoundTypeDecl;
204 }
205 
206 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
207                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
208                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
209   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
210   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
211   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
212       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
213   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
214        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
215        DC = DC->getParent()) {
216     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
217     // templates.
218     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
219     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
220       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
221   }
222   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
223     return nullptr;
224 
225   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
226   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
227   // lookup during template instantiation.
228   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
229 
230   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
231   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
232                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
233   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
234 
235   CXXScopeSpec SS;
236   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
237 
238   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
239   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
240   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
241   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
242   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
243   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
244 }
245 
246 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
247 /// return the declaration of that type.
248 ///
249 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
250 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
251 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
252 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
253 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
254 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
255                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
256                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
257                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
258                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
259                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
260                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
261                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
262   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
263   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
264                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
265                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
266 
267   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
268   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
269   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
270     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
271     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
272       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
273   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
274     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
275 
276     if (!LookupCtx) {
277       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
278         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
279         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
280         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
281         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
282         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
283         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
284         //
285         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
286         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
287         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
288           return nullptr;
289 
290         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
291         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
292         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
293           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
294 
295         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
296         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
297                                        II, NameLoc);
298         return ParsedType::make(T);
299       }
300 
301       return nullptr;
302     }
303 
304     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
305         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
306       return nullptr;
307   }
308 
309   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
310   // lookup for class-names.
311   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
312                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
313   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
314   if (LookupCtx) {
315     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
316     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
317     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
318     // nested-name-specifier.
319     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
320 
321     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
322       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
323       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
324       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
325       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
326       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
327       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
328       LookupName(Result, S);
329     }
330   } else {
331     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
332     LookupName(Result, S);
333 
334     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
335     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
336     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
337       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
338               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
339         return TypeInBase;
340     }
341   }
342 
343   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
344   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
345   case LookupResult::NotFound:
346   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
347     if (CorrectedII) {
348       TypoCorrection Correction =
349           CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
350                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
351                           true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate),
352                       CTK_ErrorRecovery);
353       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
354       TemplateTy Template;
355       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
356       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
357       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
358       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
359       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
360       if (SS && NNS) {
361         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
362         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
363       }
364       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
365           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
366           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
367           // is handled elsewhere).
368           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
369             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
370                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
371         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
372                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
373                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
374                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
375                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
376         if (Ty) {
377           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
378                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
379                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
380           if (SS && NNS)
381             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
382           *CorrectedII = NewII;
383           return Ty;
384         }
385       }
386     }
387     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
388   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
389   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
390     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
391     return nullptr;
392 
393   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
394     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
395     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
396     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
397     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
398     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
399     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
400       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
401       return nullptr;
402     }
403 
404     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
405     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
406          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
407       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
408           (AllowDeducedTemplate && isTypeTemplate(*Res))) {
409         if (!IIDecl ||
410             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
411               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
412           IIDecl = *Res;
413       }
414     }
415 
416     if (!IIDecl) {
417       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
418       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
419       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
420       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
421       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
422       // a type name.
423       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
424       return nullptr;
425     }
426 
427     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
428     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
429     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
430     // perform the name lookup again.
431     break;
432 
433   case LookupResult::Found:
434     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
435     break;
436   }
437 
438   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
439 
440   QualType T;
441   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
442     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
443     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
444     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
445     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
446     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
447     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
448         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
449         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
450       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
451           << &II << /*Type*/1;
452 
453     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
454 
455     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
456     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
457   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
458     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
459     if (!HasTrailingDot)
460       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
461   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate && isTypeTemplate(IIDecl)) {
462     T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(
463         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(IIDecl)), QualType(), false);
464   }
465 
466   if (T.isNull()) {
467     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
468     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
469     return nullptr;
470   }
471 
472   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
473   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
474   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
475   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
476       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
477     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
478       // Construct a type with type-source information.
479       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
480       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
481 
482       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
483       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
484       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
485       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
486       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
487     } else {
488       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
489     }
490   }
491 
492   return ParsedType::make(T);
493 }
494 
495 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
496 static NestedNameSpecifier *
497 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
498   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
499     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
500     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
501     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
502       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
503     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
504       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
505                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
506     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
507       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
508   }
509   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
510 }
511 
512 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
513 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
514 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
515 /// correctly rejects.
516 static const CXXRecordDecl *
517 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
518   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
519     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
520     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
521       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
522         return MD->getParent();
523   }
524   return nullptr;
525 }
526 
527 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
528                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
529                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
530   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
531 
532   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
533   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
534     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
535     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
536     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
537     // lookup is retried.
538     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
539     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
540     // name specifiers.
541     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
542     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
543   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
544                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
545     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
546     // instantiation time.
547     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
548                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
549 
550     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
551     // template instantiation.
552     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
553                                                                       << RD;
554   } else {
555     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
556     return ParsedType();
557   }
558 
559   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
560 
561   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
562   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
563   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
564   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
565   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
566 
567   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
568   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
569   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
570   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
571   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
572   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
573 }
574 
575 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
576 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
577 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
578 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
579 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
580 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
581   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
582   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
583   LookupName(R, S, false);
584   R.suppressDiagnostics();
585   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
586     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
587       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
588       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
589       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
590       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
591       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
592       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
593       }
594     }
595 
596   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
597 }
598 
599 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
600 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
601 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
602 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
603 /// @code
604 /// template<class T> class A {
605 /// public:
606 ///   typedef int TYPE;
607 /// };
608 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
609 /// public:
610 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
611 /// };
612 /// @endcode
613 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
614   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
615     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
616       return true;
617 
618     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
619 
620     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
621     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
622       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
623         return true;
624     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
625   }
626   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
627 }
628 
629 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
630                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
631                                    Scope *S,
632                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
633                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
634                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
635   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
636   SuggestedType = nullptr;
637 
638   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
639   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
640   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
641           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
642                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
643                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
644                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
645     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
646       // We corrected to a keyword.
647       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
648       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
649     } else {
650       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
651       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
652         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
653                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
654       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
655         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
656         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
657                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
658         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
659                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
660                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
661       } else {
662         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
663       }
664 
665       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
666       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
667         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
668                           SourceRange(IILoc));
669       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
670       SuggestedType =
671           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
672                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
673                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
674                       /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
675     }
676     return;
677   }
678 
679   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
680     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
681     UnqualifiedId Name;
682     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
683     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
684     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
685     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
686     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
687                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
688                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
689       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
690       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args)
691         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TplName) << TplName;
692       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
693         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
694           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
695       }
696       return;
697     }
698   }
699 
700   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
701   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
702 
703   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
704     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
705   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
706     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
707       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
708   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
709     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
710     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
711       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
712 
713     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
714       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
715       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
716       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
717     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
718                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
719   } else {
720     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
721            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
722   }
723 }
724 
725 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
726 /// or
727 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
728   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
729                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
730 
731   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
732     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
733       return true;
734 
735     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
736       return true;
737   }
738 
739   return false;
740 }
741 
742 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
743                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
744                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
745                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
746   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
747   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
748   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
749     StringRef FixItTagName;
750     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
751       case TTK_Class:
752         FixItTagName = "class ";
753         break;
754 
755       case TTK_Enum:
756         FixItTagName = "enum ";
757         break;
758 
759       case TTK_Struct:
760         FixItTagName = "struct ";
761         break;
762 
763       case TTK_Interface:
764         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
765         break;
766 
767       case TTK_Union:
768         FixItTagName = "union ";
769         break;
770     }
771 
772     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
773     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
774       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
775       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
776 
777     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
778          I != IEnd; ++I)
779       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
780         << Name << TagName;
781 
782     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
783     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
784     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
785     return true;
786   }
787 
788   return false;
789 }
790 
791 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
792 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
793                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
794   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
795 
796   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
797   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
798 
799   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
800   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
801   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
802   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
803   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
804 }
805 
806 Sema::NameClassification
807 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
808                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
809                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
810                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
811   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
812   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
813 
814   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
815     NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation());
816     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false);
817   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
818              isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
819     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
820     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
821     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
822     // will reject it later.
823     return NameClassification::Unknown();
824   }
825 
826   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
827   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
828 
829   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
830   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
831   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
832     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
833             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
834       return TypeInBase;
835   }
836 
837   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
838   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
839   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
840   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
841   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
842     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
843     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
844       return E;
845   }
846 
847   bool SecondTry = false;
848   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
849 
850 Corrected:
851   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
852   case LookupResult::NotFound:
853     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
854     // call.
855     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
856       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
857       // FIXME: Reference?
858       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
859         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
860 
861       // C90 6.3.2.2:
862       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
863       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
864       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
865       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
866       //   the function call, the declaration
867       //
868       //     extern int identifier ();
869       //
870       //   appeared.
871       //
872       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
873       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
874         Result.addDecl(D);
875         Result.resolveKind();
876         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
877       }
878     }
879 
880     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
881     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
882     // "struct", or "union".
883     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
884         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
885       break;
886     }
887 
888     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
889     // close to this name.
890     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
891       SecondTry = true;
892       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
893                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
894                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
895                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
896         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
897         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
898 
899         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
900         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
901         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
902             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
903           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
904           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
905         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
906                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
907                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
908                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
909           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
910           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
911         }
912 
913         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
914           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
915         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
916           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
917           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
918                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
919           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
920                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
921                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
922         }
923 
924         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
925         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
926 
927         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
928         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
929           return Name;
930 
931         // Also update the LookupResult...
932         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
933         Result.clear();
934         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
935         if (FirstDecl)
936           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
937 
938         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
939         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
940         // reference the ivar.
941         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
942         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
943           Result.clear();
944           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
945           return E;
946         }
947 
948         goto Corrected;
949       }
950     }
951 
952     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
953     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
954     return NameClassification::Unknown();
955 
956   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
957     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
958     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
959     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
960 
961     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
962     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
963     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
964     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
965     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
966     //
967     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
968     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
969     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
970     // keyword here.
971     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
972                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
973                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
974   }
975 
976   case LookupResult::Found:
977   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
978   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
979     break;
980 
981   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
982     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
983         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
984       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
985       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
986       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
987       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
988       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
989       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
990       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
991       //   ambiguous.
992       //
993       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
994       // so try again after filtering out template names.
995       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
996       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
997         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
998         break;
999       }
1000     }
1001 
1002     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1003     return NameClassification::Error();
1004   }
1005 
1006   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1007       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
1008     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1009     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1010     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1011     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1012     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1013     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1014     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1015       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1016 
1017     if (!Result.empty()) {
1018       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1019       bool IsVarTemplate;
1020       TemplateName Template;
1021       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1022         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1023         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1024                                                      Result.end());
1025       } else {
1026         TemplateDecl *TD
1027           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
1028         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1029         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1030 
1031         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
1032           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1033                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
1034                                                       TD);
1035         else
1036           Template = TemplateName(TD);
1037       }
1038 
1039       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1040         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1041         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1042         // to based on which function we selected.
1043         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1044 
1045         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1046       }
1047 
1048       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1049                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1050     }
1051   }
1052 
1053   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1054   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1055     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1056     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1057     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1058     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1059       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1060     return ParsedType::make(T);
1061   }
1062 
1063   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1064   if (!Class) {
1065     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1066     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1067             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1068       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1069   }
1070 
1071   if (Class) {
1072     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1073 
1074     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1075       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1076       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1077       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1078       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1079     }
1080 
1081     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1082     return ParsedType::make(T);
1083   }
1084 
1085   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1086   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1087       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1088     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1089         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1090 
1091   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1092   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1093   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1094   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1095        (NextIsOp &&
1096         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1097       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1098     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1099     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1100     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1101     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1102       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1103     return ParsedType::make(T);
1104   }
1105 
1106   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1107     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1108                                            nullptr, S);
1109 
1110   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1111   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1112 }
1113 
1114 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1115 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1116   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1117   if (!TD)
1118     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1119   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1120     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1121   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1122     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1123   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1124     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1125   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1126     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1127   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1128     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1129   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1130 }
1131 
1132 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
1133 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
1134 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
1135 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1136 
1137   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1138   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1139   // the context we'll need to return to.
1140   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1141   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1142   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1143   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1144   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1145   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1146   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1147   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1148   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1149   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1150     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1151 
1152     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1153     // lexical context.
1154     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1155       return DC;
1156 
1157     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1158     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1159     // class is the context we need to return to.
1160     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1161       DC = RD;
1162 
1163     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1164     // declared in.
1165     return DC;
1166   }
1167 
1168   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1169 }
1170 
1171 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1172   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1173       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1174   CurContext = DC;
1175   S->setEntity(DC);
1176 }
1177 
1178 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1179   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1180 
1181   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1182   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1183 }
1184 
1185 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1186                                                                     Decl *D) {
1187   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1188   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1189   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1190   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1191   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1192   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1193   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1194   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1195   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1196   return Result;
1197 }
1198 
1199 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1200   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1201 }
1202 
1203 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1204 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1205 ///
1206 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1207   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1208   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1209   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1210   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1211   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1212   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1213   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1214   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1215   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1216   //   namespace.
1217   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1218   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1219   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1220   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1221   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1222 
1223   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1224 
1225 #ifndef NDEBUG
1226   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1227   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1228   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1229 #endif
1230 
1231   CurContext = DC;
1232   S->setEntity(DC);
1233 }
1234 
1235 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1236   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1237 
1238   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1239   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1240   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1241   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1242   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1243 
1244   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1245   // disappear.
1246 }
1247 
1248 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1249   // We assume that the caller has already called
1250   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1251   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1252   if (!FD)
1253     return;
1254 
1255   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1256   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1257   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1258     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1259   CurContext = FD;
1260   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1261 
1262   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1263     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1264     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1265     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1266       S->AddDecl(Param);
1267       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1268     }
1269   }
1270 }
1271 
1272 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1273   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1274   // rather than the top-level class.
1275   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1276   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1277   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1278 }
1279 
1280 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1281 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1282 ///
1283 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1284 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1285 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1286 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1287 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1288 /// attribute.
1289 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1290                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1291   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1292     return true;
1293 
1294   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1295     return true;
1296 
1297   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1298           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1299 }
1300 
1301 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1302 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1303   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1304   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1305   // scope.
1306   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1307     S = S->getParent();
1308 
1309   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1310   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1311   // into any context.
1312   if (AddToContext)
1313     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1314 
1315   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1316   // are function-local declarations.
1317   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1318       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1319         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1320       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1321     return;
1322 
1323   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1324   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1325       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1326     return;
1327 
1328   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1329   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1330                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1331   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1332     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1333       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1334       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1335 
1336       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1337       break;
1338     }
1339   }
1340 
1341   S->AddDecl(D);
1342 
1343   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1344     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1345     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1346     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1347     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1348       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1349       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1350         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1351           continue;
1352       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1353         break;
1354     }
1355 
1356     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1357   } else {
1358     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1359   }
1360 }
1361 
1362 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1363   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1364     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1365 }
1366 
1367 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1368                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1369   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1370 }
1371 
1372 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1373   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1374   do {
1375     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1376       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1377         return S;
1378   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1379 
1380   return nullptr;
1381 }
1382 
1383 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1384                                             DeclContext*,
1385                                             ASTContext&);
1386 
1387 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1388 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1389 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1390                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1391                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1392   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1393   while (F.hasNext()) {
1394     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1395 
1396     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1397       continue;
1398 
1399     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1400       continue;
1401 
1402     F.erase();
1403   }
1404 
1405   F.done();
1406 }
1407 
1408 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1409   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1410          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1411          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1412 }
1413 
1414 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1415 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1416   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1417   while (F.hasNext())
1418     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1419       F.erase();
1420 
1421   F.done();
1422 }
1423 
1424 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1425 /// @code
1426 /// class S {
1427 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1428 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1429 /// };
1430 /// @endcode
1431 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1432   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1433   // the decl here.
1434   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1435     return false;
1436 
1437   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1438     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1439   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1440     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1441   return false;
1442 }
1443 
1444 // We need this to handle
1445 //
1446 // typedef struct {
1447 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1448 // } A;
1449 //
1450 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1451 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1452 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1453 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1454 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1455 // not.
1456 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1457   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1458   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1459     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1460       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1461         return true;
1462     }
1463     DC = DC->getParent();
1464   }
1465 
1466   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1467 }
1468 
1469 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1470 // these semantics.
1471 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1472   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1473     return false;
1474   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1475 }
1476 
1477 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1478   assert(D);
1479 
1480   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1481     return false;
1482 
1483   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1484   // of members of class templates.
1485   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1486       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1487     return false;
1488 
1489   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1490     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1491       return false;
1492 
1493     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1494       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1495         return false;
1496     } else {
1497       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1498       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1499         return false;
1500     }
1501 
1502     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1503         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1504       return false;
1505   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1506     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1507     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1508     // like "inline".)
1509     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1510       return false;
1511 
1512     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1513       return false;
1514 
1515     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1516         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1517       return false;
1518 
1519     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1520       return false;
1521   } else {
1522     return false;
1523   }
1524 
1525   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1526   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1527   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1528   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1529 }
1530 
1531 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1532   if (!D)
1533     return;
1534 
1535   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1536     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1537     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1538       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1539   }
1540 
1541   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1542     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1543     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1544       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1545   }
1546 
1547   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1548     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1549 }
1550 
1551 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1552   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1553     return false;
1554 
1555   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1556       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1557     return false;
1558 
1559   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1560     return true;
1561 
1562   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1563   // functions.
1564   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1565   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1566     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1567     WithinFunction =
1568         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1569   if (!WithinFunction)
1570     return false;
1571 
1572   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1573     return true;
1574 
1575   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1576   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1577     return false;
1578 
1579   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1580   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1581 
1582     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1583     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1584 
1585     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1586     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1587       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1588         return false;
1589     }
1590 
1591     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1592     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1593     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1594       return false;
1595 
1596     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1597     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1598     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1599 
1600     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1601       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1602       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1603         return false;
1604 
1605       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1606         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1607           return false;
1608 
1609         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1610           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1611                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1612             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1613           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1614             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1615           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1616             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1617             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1618               return false;
1619           }
1620         }
1621       }
1622     }
1623 
1624     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1625   }
1626 
1627   return true;
1628 }
1629 
1630 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1631                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1632   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1633     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1634                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1635     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1636       return;
1637     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1638                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1639   }
1640 }
1641 
1642 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1643   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1644     return;
1645 
1646   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1647     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1648       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1649     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1650       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1651   }
1652 }
1653 
1654 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1655 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1656 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1657   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1658     return;
1659 
1660   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1661     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1662     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1663     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1664     return;
1665   }
1666 
1667   FixItHint Hint;
1668   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1669 
1670   unsigned DiagID;
1671   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1672     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1673   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1674     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1675   else
1676     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1677 
1678   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1679 }
1680 
1681 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1682   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1683   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1684   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1685   // MS inline assembly label name.
1686   bool Diagnose = false;
1687   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1688     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1689   else
1690     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1691   if (Diagnose)
1692     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1693 }
1694 
1695 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1696   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1697 
1698   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1699   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1700          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1701 
1702   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1703     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1704 
1705     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1706     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1707 
1708     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1709 
1710     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1711     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1712       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1713       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1714         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1715     }
1716 
1717     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1718     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1719       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1720 
1721     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1722     // already.
1723     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1724     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1725     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1726       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1727         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1728             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1729         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1730       }
1731       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1732     }
1733   }
1734 }
1735 
1736 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1737 ///
1738 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1739 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1740 /// to the fixed name.
1741 ///
1742 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1743 ///
1744 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1745 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1746 ///
1747 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1748 /// class could not be found.
1749 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1750                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1751                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1752   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1753   // creation from this context.
1754   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1755 
1756   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1757     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1758     // find an Objective-C class name.
1759     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1760             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1761             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1762             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1763       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1764       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1765       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1766     }
1767   }
1768   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1769   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1770   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1771       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1772   return Def;
1773 }
1774 
1775 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1776 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1777 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1778 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1779 /// ill-formed in C++:
1780 /// @code
1781 /// struct S6 {
1782 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1783 /// };
1784 ///
1785 /// void test_S6() {
1786 ///   struct S6 a;
1787 ///   a.e = BAR;
1788 /// }
1789 /// @endcode
1790 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1791 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1792 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1793 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1794 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1795 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1796 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1797 /// contain non-field names.
1798 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1799   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1800          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1801          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1802     S = S->getParent();
1803   return S;
1804 }
1805 
1806 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1807 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1808 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1809 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1810 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1811                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1812   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1813     return;
1814   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1815 
1816   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1817                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1818   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1819   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1820     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1821       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1822 }
1823 
1824 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1825   switch (Error) {
1826   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1827     return "";
1828   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1829     return "stdio.h";
1830   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1831     return "setjmp.h";
1832   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1833     return "ucontext.h";
1834   }
1835   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1836 }
1837 
1838 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1839 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1840 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1841 /// built-in.
1842 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1843                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1844                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1845   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1846 
1847   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1848   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1849   if (Error) {
1850     if (ForRedeclaration)
1851       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1852           << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1853     return nullptr;
1854   }
1855 
1856   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
1857       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
1858        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
1859     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1860         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
1861     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1862         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1863       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1864           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1865           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
1866   }
1867 
1868   if (R.isNull())
1869     return nullptr;
1870 
1871   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1872   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1873     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1874         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1875                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1876     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1877     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1878     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1879   }
1880 
1881   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1882                                            Parent,
1883                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1884                                            SC_Extern,
1885                                            false,
1886                                            R->isFunctionProtoType());
1887   New->setImplicit();
1888 
1889   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1890   // FunctionDecl.
1891   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1892     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1893     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1894       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1895           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1896                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1897                               SC_None, nullptr);
1898       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1899       Params.push_back(parm);
1900     }
1901     New->setParams(Params);
1902   }
1903 
1904   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1905   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1906 
1907   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1908   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1909   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1910   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1911   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1912   CurContext = Parent;
1913   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1914   CurContext = SavedContext;
1915   return New;
1916 }
1917 
1918 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1919 /// entity if their types are the same.
1920 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1921 /// isSameEntity.
1922 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
1923                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1924                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1925   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1926   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
1927     return;
1928 
1929   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1930   if (Previous.empty())
1931     return;
1932 
1933   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1934   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1935     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1936 
1937     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1938     if (S.isVisible(Old))
1939       continue;
1940 
1941     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1942     // different linkages.
1943     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1944       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1945                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1946         continue;
1947 
1948       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
1949       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
1950       if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1951           OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
1952           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
1953         continue;
1954     }
1955 
1956     Filter.erase();
1957   }
1958 
1959   Filter.done();
1960 }
1961 
1962 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1963   QualType OldType;
1964   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1965     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1966   else
1967     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1968   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1969 
1970   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1971     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1972     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1973     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1974       << Kind << NewType;
1975     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1976       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1977     New->setInvalidDecl();
1978     return true;
1979   }
1980 
1981   if (OldType != NewType &&
1982       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1983       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1984       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1985     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1986     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1987       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1988     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1989       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1990     New->setInvalidDecl();
1991     return true;
1992   }
1993   return false;
1994 }
1995 
1996 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1997 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1998 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1999 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2000 ///
2001 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2002                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2003   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2004   // merging checks.
2005   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2006 
2007   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2008   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2009   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
2010     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2011     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2012     default: break;
2013     case 2:
2014       {
2015         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2016           break;
2017         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2018         if (!T->isPointerType())
2019           break;
2020         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2021           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2022           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2023             break;
2024         }
2025         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2026         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2027         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2028         return;
2029       }
2030     case 5:
2031       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2032         break;
2033       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2034       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2035       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2036       return;
2037     case 3:
2038       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2039         break;
2040       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2041       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2042       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2043       return;
2044     }
2045     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2046   }
2047 
2048   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2049   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2050   if (!Old) {
2051     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2052       << New->getDeclName();
2053 
2054     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2055     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2056       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2057 
2058     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2059   }
2060 
2061   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2062   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2063     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2064 
2065   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2066     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2067     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2068     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2069     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag &&
2070         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2071         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2072       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2073       // instead of our tag.
2074       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2075       if (OldTD->isModed())
2076         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2077                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2078       else
2079         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2080 
2081       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2082       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation());
2083 
2084       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2085       // out of the scope.
2086       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2087         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2088         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2089           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2090           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2091           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2092           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2093           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2094         }
2095       }
2096     }
2097   }
2098 
2099   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2100   // with any extensions enabled.
2101   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2102     return;
2103 
2104   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2105   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2106   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2107     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2108     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2109   }
2110 
2111   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2112     return;
2113 
2114   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2115     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2116     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2117     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2118     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2119     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2120       return;
2121 
2122     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2123     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2124     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2125     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2126     //
2127     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2128     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2129     //
2130     //   struct S {
2131     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2132     //   };
2133     //
2134     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2135     // allow the above but disallow
2136     //
2137     //   struct S {
2138     //     typedef int I;
2139     //     typedef int I;
2140     //   };
2141     //
2142     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2143     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2144       return;
2145 
2146     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2147       << New->getDeclName();
2148     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2149     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2150   }
2151 
2152   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2153   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2154     return;
2155 
2156   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2157   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2158   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2159   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2160   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2161       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2162        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2163     return;
2164 
2165   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2166     << New->getDeclName();
2167   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2168 }
2169 
2170 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2171 /// attribute.
2172 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2173   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2174   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2175   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2176     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2177       if (Ann) {
2178         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2179           return true;
2180         continue;
2181       }
2182       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2183       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2184         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2185       return true;
2186     }
2187 
2188   return false;
2189 }
2190 
2191 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2192   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2193     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2194   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2195     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2196   return true;
2197 }
2198 
2199 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2200 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2201 ///
2202 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2203 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2204   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2205   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2206   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2207   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2208   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2209   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2210     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2211     // in a case like:
2212     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2213     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2214     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2215     // definition in such a case.
2216     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2217       return false;
2218 
2219     if (I->isAlignas())
2220       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2221 
2222     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2223     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2224       OldAlign = Align;
2225       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2226     }
2227   }
2228 
2229   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2230   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2231   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2232   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2233     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2234       return false;
2235 
2236     if (I->isAlignas())
2237       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2238 
2239     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2240     if (Align > NewAlign)
2241       NewAlign = Align;
2242   }
2243 
2244   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2245     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2246     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2247     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2248     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2249 
2250     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2251     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2252     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2253       QualType Ty;
2254       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2255         Ty = VD->getType();
2256       else
2257         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2258 
2259       if (OldAlign == 0)
2260         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2261       if (NewAlign == 0)
2262         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2263     }
2264 
2265     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2266       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2267         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2268         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2269       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2270     }
2271   }
2272 
2273   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2274     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2275     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2276     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2277     //   equivalent alignment.
2278     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2279     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2280     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2281     //   have no alignment specifier.
2282     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2283       << OldAlignasAttr;
2284     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2285       << OldAlignasAttr;
2286   }
2287 
2288   bool AnyAdded = false;
2289 
2290   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2291   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2292     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2293     Clone->setInherited(true);
2294     New->addAttr(Clone);
2295     AnyAdded = true;
2296   }
2297 
2298   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2299   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2300       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2301     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2302     Clone->setInherited(true);
2303     New->addAttr(Clone);
2304     AnyAdded = true;
2305   }
2306 
2307   return AnyAdded;
2308 }
2309 
2310 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2311                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2312                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2313   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2314   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2315   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2316   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2317   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2318   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2319   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2320   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2321   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2322   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2323     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2324                                       AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2325                                       AA->getDeprecated(),
2326                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2327                                       AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(),
2328                                       AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2329                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2330   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2331     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2332                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2333   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2334     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2335                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2336   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2337     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2338                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2339   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2340     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2341                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2342   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2343     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2344                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2345                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2346   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2347     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2348                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2349   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2350     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2351                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2352                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2353   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2354     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(),
2355                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()),
2356                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2357   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2358            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2359             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2360     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2361     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2362     return false;
2363   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2364     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2365   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2366     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex);
2367   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2368     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(
2369         D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(),
2370         &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()),
2371         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2372   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2373     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(),
2374                                 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()),
2375                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2376   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2377     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2378     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2379     NewAttr = nullptr;
2380   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2381            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2382             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2383     NewAttr = nullptr;
2384   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2385     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex,
2386                               UA->getGuid());
2387   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2388     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2389 
2390   if (NewAttr) {
2391     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2392     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2393     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2394       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2395     return true;
2396   }
2397 
2398   return false;
2399 }
2400 
2401 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2402   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2403     return TD->getDefinition();
2404   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2405     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2406     if (Def)
2407       return Def;
2408     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2409   }
2410   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
2411     return FD->getDefinition();
2412   return nullptr;
2413 }
2414 
2415 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2416   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2417     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2418       return true;
2419   return false;
2420 }
2421 
2422 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2423 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2424 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2425   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2426     return;
2427 
2428   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2429   if (!Def || Def == New)
2430     return;
2431 
2432   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2433   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2434     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2435 
2436     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2437       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2438         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2439         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2440 
2441         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2442         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2443           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2444           --E;
2445           continue;
2446         }
2447       } else {
2448         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2449         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2450                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2451                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2452                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2453         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2454         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2455         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2456       }
2457       ++I;
2458       continue;
2459     }
2460 
2461     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2462       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2463       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2464         ++I;
2465         continue;
2466       }
2467     }
2468 
2469     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2470       ++I;
2471       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2472     }
2473 
2474     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2475       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2476       ++I;
2477       continue;
2478     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2479       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2480         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2481         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2482         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2483         //   equivalent alignment.
2484         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2485         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2486         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2487         //   have no alignment specifier.
2488         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2489           << AA;
2490         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2491           << AA;
2492         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2493         --E;
2494         continue;
2495       }
2496     }
2497 
2498     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2499            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2500     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2501     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2502     --E;
2503   }
2504 }
2505 
2506 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2507 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2508                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2509   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2510     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2511     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2512     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2513   }
2514 
2515   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2516     return;
2517 
2518   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2519   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2520 
2521   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2522     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2523       if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) {
2524         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2525         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2526         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2527       }
2528     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2529       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2530       // already been ODR-used.
2531       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2532         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2533     }
2534   }
2535 
2536   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2537   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2538     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2539       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2540         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2541                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2542           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2543                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2544               << NewTag;
2545           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2546         }
2547       }
2548     } else {
2549       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2550       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2551     }
2552   }
2553 
2554   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2555     return;
2556 
2557   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2558 
2559   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2560   // we process them.
2561   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2562 
2563   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2564     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2565     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2566     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2567         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2568         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2569       switch (AMK) {
2570       case AMK_None:
2571         continue;
2572 
2573       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2574       case AMK_Override:
2575       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2576         LocalAMK = AMK;
2577         break;
2578       }
2579     }
2580 
2581     // Already handled.
2582     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2583       continue;
2584 
2585     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2586       foundAny = true;
2587   }
2588 
2589   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2590     foundAny = true;
2591 
2592   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2593 }
2594 
2595 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2596 /// to the new one.
2597 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2598                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2599                                      Sema &S) {
2600   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2601   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2602   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2603   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2604   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2605   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2606     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2607            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2608     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2609     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2610     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2611       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2612     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2613       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2614     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2615            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2616   }
2617 
2618   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2619     return;
2620 
2621   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2622 
2623   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2624   // done before we process them.
2625   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2626 
2627   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2628     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2629       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2630         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2631       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2632       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2633       foundAny = true;
2634     }
2635   }
2636 
2637   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2638 }
2639 
2640 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
2641                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
2642                                 Sema &S) {
2643   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2644     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
2645       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
2646         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
2647           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2648                *Newnullability,
2649                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2650                 != 0))
2651           << DiagNullabilityKind(
2652                *Oldnullability,
2653                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
2654                 != 0));
2655         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2656       }
2657     } else {
2658       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
2659       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
2660                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
2661                          NewT, NewT);
2662       NewParam->setType(NewT);
2663     }
2664   }
2665 }
2666 
2667 namespace {
2668 
2669 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2670 /// C.
2671 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2672   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2673   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2674   QualType PromotedType;
2675 };
2676 
2677 } // end anonymous namespace
2678 
2679 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2680 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2681   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2682     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2683       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2684 
2685     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2686       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2687 
2688     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2689       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2690   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2691     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2692   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2693     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2694   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2695     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2696   }
2697 
2698   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2699 }
2700 
2701 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2702 // declaration, or a declaration.
2703 template <typename T>
2704 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2705 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2706   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2707   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2708   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2709     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2710   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2711     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2712     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2713       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2714   } else
2715     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2716   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2717 }
2718 
2719 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2720 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2721 /// GNU89 mode.
2722 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2723                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2724   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2725           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2726           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2727           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2728 }
2729 
2730 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2731   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2732   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2733     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2734   return AT;
2735 }
2736 
2737 template <typename T>
2738 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2739   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2740   if (DC->isRecord())
2741     return false;
2742 
2743   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2744   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2745     return true;
2746   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2747     return true;
2748   return false;
2749 }
2750 
2751 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
2752 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
2753 
2754 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
2755 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
2756 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
2757 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
2758 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
2759                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
2760   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
2761   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
2762   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
2763   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
2764   //      and function templates; or
2765   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
2766   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
2767   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
2768   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
2769   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
2770 
2771   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2772   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2773   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2774   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2775   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2776 
2777   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
2778   if (Old &&
2779       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2780           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2781       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
2782     Old = nullptr;
2783 
2784   if (!Old) {
2785     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2786     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
2787     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2788     return true;
2789   }
2790   return false;
2791 }
2792 
2793 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
2794                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
2795   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
2796 
2797   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
2798     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2799     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
2800     if (AttrA == AttrB)
2801       return true;
2802     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType();
2803   };
2804 
2805   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
2806 }
2807 
2808 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2809 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2810 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2811 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2812 ///
2813 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2814 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2815 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2816 /// merged with.
2817 ///
2818 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2819 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2820                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2821   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2822   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2823   if (!Old) {
2824     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2825       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2826         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2827         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2828              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2829         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2830              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2831         return true;
2832       }
2833 
2834       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2835       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
2836         return true;
2837       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2838     } else {
2839       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2840         << New->getDeclName();
2841       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2842       return true;
2843     }
2844   }
2845 
2846   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2847   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2848     return true;
2849 
2850   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2851   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2852   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2853       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2854 
2855   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2856   // is an extern inline function.
2857   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2858   // storage classes.
2859   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2860       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2861       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2862       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2863       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2864     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2865       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2866       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2867     } else {
2868       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2869       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2870       return true;
2871     }
2872   }
2873 
2874   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
2875       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
2876     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
2877         << New->getDeclName();
2878     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2879     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
2880   }
2881 
2882   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2883   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2884   // convention of the first.
2885   //
2886   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2887   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2888   //
2889   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2890   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2891   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2892   //
2893   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2894   // other tests to run.
2895   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2896   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2897   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2898   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2899   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2900   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2901   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2902 
2903   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2904     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2905     const FunctionType *FT =
2906         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2907     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2908     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2909     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2910       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2911       // there but not here.
2912       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2913       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2914     } else {
2915       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2916       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2917       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2918         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2919         << !FirstCCExplicit
2920         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2921             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2922 
2923       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2924       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2925       return true;
2926     }
2927   }
2928 
2929   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2930   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2931     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2932     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2933   }
2934 
2935   // Merge regparm attribute.
2936   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2937       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2938     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2939       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2940         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2941         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2942       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2943       return true;
2944     }
2945 
2946     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2947     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2948   }
2949 
2950   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2951   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2952     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2953       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2954       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2955       return true;
2956     }
2957 
2958     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2959     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2960   }
2961 
2962   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2963     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2964     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2965     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2966     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2967     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2968   }
2969 
2970   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2971   // UndefinedButUsed.
2972   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2973       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2974       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
2975       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2976       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2977     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2978                                            SourceLocation()));
2979 
2980   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2981   // about it.
2982   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2983       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2984     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2985   }
2986 
2987   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
2988   // redeclaration.
2989   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
2990       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
2991     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
2992         << New->getDeclName();
2993     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2994     return true;
2995   }
2996 
2997   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2998     // C++1z [over.load]p2
2999     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3000     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3001     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3002 
3003     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3004     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3005     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3006     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3007     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3008     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3009       return true;
3010     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3011     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3012 
3013     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3014     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3015     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3016     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3017     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3018     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
3019         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
3020              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3021              : OldType)->getReturnType();
3022     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
3023         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
3024              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
3025              : NewType)->getReturnType();
3026     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3027         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3028           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
3029       QualType ResQT;
3030       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3031           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3032         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3033       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3034         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3035           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3036               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3037         else
3038           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3039               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3040         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3041                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3042         return true;
3043       }
3044       else
3045         NewQType = ResQT;
3046     }
3047 
3048     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3049     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3050     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3051       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3052       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3053       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3054       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3055         New->setType(
3056             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3057                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3058                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3059         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3060             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3061                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3062                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3063       }
3064     }
3065 
3066     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3067     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3068     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3069       // Preserve triviality.
3070       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3071 
3072       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3073       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3074       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3075       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3076                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3077                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3078       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3079 
3080       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3081           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3082         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3083         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3084         //       is a static member function declaration.
3085         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3086           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3087           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3088           return true;
3089         }
3090 
3091         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3092         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3093         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3094         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3095         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
3096           unsigned NewDiag;
3097           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3098             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3099           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3100             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3101           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3102             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3103           else
3104             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3105 
3106           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3107         } else {
3108           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3109             << New << New->getType();
3110         }
3111         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3112         return true;
3113 
3114       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3115       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3116       //
3117       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3118       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3119       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3120         if (isFriend) {
3121           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3122         } else {
3123           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3124                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3125             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3126           return true;
3127         }
3128       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3129         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3130              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3131           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3132         return true;
3133       }
3134     }
3135 
3136     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3137     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3138     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3139     //   attribute.
3140     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3141     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3142       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3143       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3144            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3145     }
3146 
3147     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3148     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3149     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3150     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3151     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3152     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3153       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3154            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3155       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3156            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3157     }
3158 
3159     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3160     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3161     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3162     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3163 
3164     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3165     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3166     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3167       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3168       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3169         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3170       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3171       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3172     }
3173 
3174     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3175       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3176       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3177       //
3178       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3179       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3180       // linkage within class scope.
3181       //
3182       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3183       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3184         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3185         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3186       } else {
3187         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3188         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3189         return true;
3190       }
3191     }
3192 
3193     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
3194       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3195 
3196     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
3197         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
3198       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
3199       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
3200       // when we instantiate the function.
3201       return false;
3202     }
3203 
3204     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3205   }
3206 
3207   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3208   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3209   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3210       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3211     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3212     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3213     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3214     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3215         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3216       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3217       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3218       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3219       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3220       NewQType =
3221           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3222                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3223       New->setType(NewQType);
3224       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3225 
3226       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3227       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3228       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3229         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3230                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3231                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3232                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3233         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3234         Param->setImplicit();
3235         Params.push_back(Param);
3236       }
3237 
3238       New->setParams(Params);
3239     }
3240 
3241     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3242   }
3243 
3244   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3245   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3246   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3247   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3248   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3249   // the prototype.
3250   //
3251   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3252   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3253   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3254   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3255   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3256       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3257       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3258       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3259     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3260     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3261     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3262       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3263     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3264       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3265 
3266     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3267     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3268                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3269     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3270     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3271          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3272       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3273       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3274       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3275                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3276         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3277       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3278                                             NewParm->getType(),
3279                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3280         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3281                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3282         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3283         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3284       } else
3285         LooseCompatible = false;
3286     }
3287 
3288     if (LooseCompatible) {
3289       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3290         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3291              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3292           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3293           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3294         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3295           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3296                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3297       }
3298 
3299       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3300         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3301                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3302       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3303     }
3304 
3305     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3306   }
3307 
3308   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3309   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3310 
3311   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3312   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3313   unsigned BuiltinID;
3314   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3315     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3316     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3317     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3318       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3319       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3320         << Old << Old->getType();
3321 
3322       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
3323       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
3324       //
3325       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
3326       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
3327       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
3328       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
3329       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
3330       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3331         New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin();
3332 
3333       return false;
3334     }
3335 
3336     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3337   }
3338 
3339   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3340   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3341   return true;
3342 }
3343 
3344 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3345 /// known to be compatible.
3346 ///
3347 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3348 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3349 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3350 /// redeclaration of Old.
3351 ///
3352 /// \returns false
3353 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3354                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3355   // Merge the attributes
3356   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3357 
3358   // Merge "pure" flag.
3359   if (Old->isPure())
3360     New->setPure();
3361 
3362   // Merge "used" flag.
3363   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3364     New->setIsUsed();
3365 
3366   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3367   // declarations.
3368   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3369       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3370         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3371         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3372         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3373         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3374       }
3375 
3376   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3377     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3378 
3379   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3380   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3381   // was visible.
3382   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3383   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3384     New->setType(Merged);
3385 
3386   return false;
3387 }
3388 
3389 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3390                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3391   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3392   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3393     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3394       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3395       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3396                                                        : AMK_Override;
3397 
3398   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3399 
3400   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3401   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3402                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3403   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3404          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3405        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3406     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3407 
3408   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3409 }
3410 
3411 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3412   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3413 
3414   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3415          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3416          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3417     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3418 
3419   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3420   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3421   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3422     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3423   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3424   New->setInvalidDecl();
3425 }
3426 
3427 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3428 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3429 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3430 ///
3431 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3432 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3433 /// is attached.
3434 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3435                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3436   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3437     return;
3438 
3439   QualType MergedT;
3440   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3441     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3442       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3443       return;
3444     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3445       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3446       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3447     }
3448     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3449     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3450     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3451     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3452     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3453     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3454       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3455       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3456 
3457       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3458       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3459       // mismatch.
3460       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3461         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3462              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3463           const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType());
3464           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3465             continue;
3466 
3467           if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy))
3468             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3469         }
3470       }
3471 
3472       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3473         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3474                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3475           MergedT = New->getType();
3476       }
3477       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3478       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3479       // visible.
3480       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3481         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3482                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3483           MergedT = Old->getType();
3484       }
3485     }
3486     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3487                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3488       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3489                                               Old->getType());
3490     }
3491   } else {
3492     // C 6.2.7p2:
3493     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3494     //   compatible type.
3495     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3496   }
3497   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3498     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3499     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3500     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3501     // equivalent.
3502     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3503     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3504          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3505       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3506       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3507       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3508       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3509         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3510       return;
3511     }
3512     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3513   }
3514 
3515   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3516   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3517   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3518     New->setType(MergedT);
3519 }
3520 
3521 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3522                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3523   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3524   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3525   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3526   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3527   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3528   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3529   //
3530   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3531   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3532     return false;
3533 
3534   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3535     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3536     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3537     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3538     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3539     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3540            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3541             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3542   } else {
3543     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3544     // type unless we're in the same function.
3545     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3546            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3547   }
3548 }
3549 
3550 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3551 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3552 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3553 ///
3554 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3555 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3556 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3557 ///
3558 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3559   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3560   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3561     return;
3562 
3563   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
3564     return;
3565 
3566   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3567 
3568   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3569   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3570   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3571   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3572     if (NewTemplate) {
3573       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3574       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3575 
3576       if (auto *Shadow =
3577               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3578         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
3579           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3580     } else {
3581       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3582 
3583       if (auto *Shadow =
3584               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
3585         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3586           return New->setInvalidDecl();
3587     }
3588   }
3589   if (!Old) {
3590     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3591       << New->getDeclName();
3592     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3593          diag::note_previous_definition);
3594     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3595   }
3596 
3597   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3598   if (NewTemplate &&
3599       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3600                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3601                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3602     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3603 
3604   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3605   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3606   //
3607   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3608   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3609     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3610       << New->getIdentifier();
3611     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3612     New->setInvalidDecl();
3613   }
3614 
3615   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3616   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3617   // declaration
3618   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3619       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3620       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3621     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3622     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3623     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3624     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3625   }
3626 
3627   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3628       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3629     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3630         << New->getDeclName();
3631     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3632     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3633   }
3634 
3635   // Merge the types.
3636   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
3637   if (MostRecent != Old) {
3638     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
3639                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
3640     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3641       return;
3642   }
3643 
3644   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3645   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3646     return;
3647 
3648   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3649   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3650   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3651       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3652 
3653   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3654   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3655       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3656       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3657     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3658       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3659           << New->getDeclName();
3660       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3661     } else {
3662       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3663           << New->getDeclName();
3664       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3665       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3666     }
3667   }
3668   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3669   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3670   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3671   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3672   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3673   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3674   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3675   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3676   //   identifier has external linkage.
3677   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3678     /* Okay */;
3679   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3680            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3681            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3682     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3683     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3684     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3685   }
3686 
3687   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3688   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3689       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
3690     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3691     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3692     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3693   }
3694   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
3695       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3696     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3697     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3698     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3699   }
3700 
3701   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3702 
3703   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3704   // need to check for mismatches.
3705   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3706       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3707       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3708         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3709     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3710     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3711     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3712   }
3713 
3714   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
3715     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3716       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
3717       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
3718       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
3719       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
3720       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3721     }
3722   }
3723 
3724   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3725   // UndefinedButUsed.
3726   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
3727       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3728     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3729                                            SourceLocation()));
3730 
3731   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3732     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3733       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3734       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3735     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3736       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3737       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3738     } else {
3739       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3740       // static and dynamic initialization.
3741       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3742       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3743       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3744         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3745       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3746     }
3747   }
3748 
3749   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3750   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3751       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
3752     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
3753         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
3754       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
3755       Diag(New->getLocation(),
3756            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
3757     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
3758       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
3759         return;
3760     }
3761   }
3762 
3763   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3764     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3765     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3766     New->setInvalidDecl();
3767     return;
3768   }
3769 
3770   // Merge "used" flag.
3771   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3772     New->setIsUsed();
3773 
3774   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3775   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3776   if (NewTemplate)
3777     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3778 
3779   // Inherit access appropriately.
3780   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3781   if (NewTemplate)
3782     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3783 
3784   if (Old->isInline())
3785     New->setImplicitlyInline();
3786 }
3787 
3788 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
3789 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
3790 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
3791   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
3792       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
3793        New->isInline() ||
3794        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
3795        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
3796        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
3797     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
3798     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
3799     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
3800 
3801     // Make the canonical definition visible.
3802     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
3803       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD, New->getLocation());
3804     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old, New->getLocation());
3805     return false;
3806   } else {
3807     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3808     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3809     New->setInvalidDecl();
3810     return true;
3811   }
3812 }
3813 
3814 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3815 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3816 Decl *
3817 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3818                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3819   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
3820                                     AnonRecord);
3821 }
3822 
3823 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
3824 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
3825 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
3826 // compatibility.
3827 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
3828 // targeted.
3829 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
3830   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
3831              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
3832              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
3833 }
3834 
3835 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3836   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3837     return;
3838 
3839   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3840     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3841     // it is anonymous.
3842     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3843       return;
3844     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3845         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3846     Context.setManglingNumber(
3847         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
3848                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3849     return;
3850   }
3851 
3852   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3853   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3854   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
3855           Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
3856     Context.setManglingNumber(
3857         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
3858                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
3859   }
3860 }
3861 
3862 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
3863                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
3864   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
3865     return;
3866 
3867   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
3868   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
3869     return;
3870 
3871   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
3872   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
3873 
3874   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
3875   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
3876                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
3877     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3878       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
3879     return;
3880   }
3881 
3882   // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
3883   // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
3884   // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
3885   // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
3886   // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
3887   // for how to handle it.
3888   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
3889     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
3890 
3891     SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart();
3892     tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
3893 
3894     llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
3895     textToInsert += ' ';
3896     textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
3897     Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
3898         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
3899     return;
3900   }
3901 
3902   // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
3903   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
3904 }
3905 
3906 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
3907   switch (T) {
3908   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
3909     return 0;
3910   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
3911     return 1;
3912   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
3913     return 2;
3914   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
3915     return 3;
3916   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
3917     return 4;
3918   default:
3919     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
3920   }
3921 }
3922 
3923 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3924 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3925 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3926 Decl *
3927 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
3928                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3929                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
3930                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
3931   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3932   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3933   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3934       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3935       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3936       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3937       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3938     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3939 
3940     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3941       return nullptr;
3942 
3943     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3944     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3945     // it's a Type.
3946     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3947       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3948     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3949       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3950   }
3951 
3952   if (Tag) {
3953     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
3954     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3955     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3956       return Tag;
3957   }
3958 
3959   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3960     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3961     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3962     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3963       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3964            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3965            << DS.getSourceRange();
3966   }
3967 
3968   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
3969     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
3970         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
3971 
3972   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3973     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3974     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3975     if (Tag)
3976       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3977           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType());
3978     else
3979       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3980     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3981     return TagD;
3982   }
3983 
3984   if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) {
3985     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to
3986     // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and
3987     // its initializer.
3988     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
3989     return TagD;
3990   }
3991 
3992   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3993 
3994   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3995     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3996     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3997     if (TagD && !Tag)
3998       return nullptr;
3999     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4000   }
4001 
4002   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4003   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4004     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4005   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4006       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4007       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4008     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4009     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4010     // or an explicit specialization.
4011     //
4012     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4013     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4014     //
4015     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4016     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4017         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4018     return nullptr;
4019   }
4020 
4021   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4022   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4023 
4024   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4025   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4026     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4027         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4028       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4029           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4030         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4031         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4032         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4033         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4034         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4035         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4036         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4037         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4038           AnonRecord = Record;
4039         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4040                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4041       }
4042 
4043       DeclaresAnything = false;
4044     }
4045   }
4046 
4047   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4048   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4049   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4050   //
4051   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4052   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4053   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4054       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4055     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4056     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4057     //   struct STRUCT;
4058     //   union UNION;
4059     // and
4060     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4061     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4062     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4063         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4064       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4065       if (Tag)
4066         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4067       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4068                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4069         Record = RT->getDecl();
4070       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4071         Record = UT->getDecl();
4072 
4073       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4074         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4075           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4076         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4077       }
4078 
4079       DeclaresAnything = false;
4080     }
4081   }
4082 
4083   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4084   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4085       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4086     return TagD;
4087 
4088   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4089       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4090     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4091       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4092           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4093         DeclaresAnything = false;
4094 
4095   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4096     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4097     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4098       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4099         << DS.getSourceRange();
4100     else
4101       DeclaresAnything = false;
4102   }
4103 
4104   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4105       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4106     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4107       << Tag->getTagKind()
4108       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4109 
4110   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4111 
4112   // C 6.7/2:
4113   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4114   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4115   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4116   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4117   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4118   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4119   //   previous declaration.
4120   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4121     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4122     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4123     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
4124     return TagD;
4125   }
4126 
4127   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4128   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4129   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4130   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4131   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4132   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4133   //
4134   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4135   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4136   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4137     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4138 
4139   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4140   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4141   // useless.
4142   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4143     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4144       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4145       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4146       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4147     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4148       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4149         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4150   }
4151 
4152   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4153     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4154       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4155   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4156     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4157       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4158     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4159       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4160     // Restrict is covered above.
4161     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4162       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4163     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4164       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4165   }
4166 
4167   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4168   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4169   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4170   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4171     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4172     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4173         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4174         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4175         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4176         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4177       for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs;
4178            attrs = attrs->getNext())
4179         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4180             << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4181     }
4182   }
4183 
4184   return TagD;
4185 }
4186 
4187 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4188 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4189 ///
4190 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4191 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4192                                          Scope *S,
4193                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4194                                          DeclarationName Name,
4195                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4196                                          bool IsUnion) {
4197   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4198                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4199   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4200 
4201   // Pick a representative declaration.
4202   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4203   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4204 
4205   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4206     return false;
4207 
4208   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4209     << IsUnion << Name;
4210   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4211 
4212   return true;
4213 }
4214 
4215 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4216 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4217 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4218 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4219 /// struct, e.g.,
4220 ///
4221 /// @code
4222 /// union {
4223 ///   int i;
4224 ///   float f;
4225 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4226 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4227 /// @endcode
4228 ///
4229 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4230 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4231 static bool
4232 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4233                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4234                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4235   bool Invalid = false;
4236 
4237   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4238   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4239     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4240         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4241       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4242       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4243                                        VD->getLocation(),
4244                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4245         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4246         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4247         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4248         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4249         Invalid = true;
4250       } else {
4251         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4252         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4253         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4254         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4255         //   anonymous union is declared.
4256         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4257         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4258           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4259         else
4260           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4261 
4262         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4263         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4264           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4265         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4266           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4267 
4268         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4269             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4270             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4271 
4272         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4273           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4274 
4275         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4276         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4277         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4278 
4279         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4280         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4281 
4282         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4283       }
4284     }
4285   }
4286 
4287   return Invalid;
4288 }
4289 
4290 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4291 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4292 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4293 static StorageClass
4294 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4295   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4296   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4297          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4298   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4299   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4300   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4301     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4302       return SC_None;
4303     return SC_Extern;
4304   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4305   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4306   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4307   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4308     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4309   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4310   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4311   }
4312   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4313 }
4314 
4315 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4316   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4317 
4318   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4319     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4320     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4321       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4322     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4323       return FD->getLocation();
4324   }
4325 
4326   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4327 }
4328 
4329 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4330                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4331   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4332     return;
4333 
4334   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4335   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4336 }
4337 
4338 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4339                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4340   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4341     return;
4342 
4343   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4344 }
4345 
4346 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4347 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4348 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4349 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4350 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4351                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4352                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4353                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4354   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4355 
4356   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4357   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4358     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4359   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4360     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4361   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4362     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4363 
4364   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4365   // structs/unions.
4366   bool Invalid = false;
4367   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4368     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
4369     unsigned DiagID;
4370     if (Record->isUnion()) {
4371       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4372       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
4373       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
4374       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
4375           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
4376            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
4377             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
4378         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
4379           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
4380 
4381         // Recover by adding 'static'.
4382         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
4383                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
4384       }
4385       // C++ [class.union]p6:
4386       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
4387       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
4388       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4389                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4390         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4391              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
4392           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4393 
4394         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
4395         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
4396                                SourceLocation(),
4397                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4398       }
4399     }
4400 
4401     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
4402     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4403       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4404         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4405           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
4406           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
4407       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4408         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
4409              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4410           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
4411           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
4412       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4413         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4414              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4415           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
4416           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
4417       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4418         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
4419              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4420           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
4421           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
4422       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4423         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
4424              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
4425           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
4426           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
4427 
4428       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
4429     }
4430 
4431     // C++ [class.union]p2:
4432     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
4433     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
4434     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
4435     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
4436       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
4437         // C++ [class.union]p3:
4438         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
4439         //   members (clause 11).
4440         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
4441         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
4442           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
4443             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
4444           Invalid = true;
4445         }
4446 
4447         // C++ [class.union]p1
4448         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
4449         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
4450         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
4451         //   array of such objects.
4452         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
4453           Invalid = true;
4454       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
4455         // Any implicit members are fine.
4456       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
4457         // This is a type that showed up in an
4458         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
4459         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
4460         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
4461       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
4462         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
4463             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
4464           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4465           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
4466             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4467               << Record->isUnion();
4468           else {
4469             // This is a nested type declaration.
4470             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4471               << Record->isUnion();
4472             Invalid = true;
4473           }
4474         } else {
4475           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
4476           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
4477           // not part of standard C++.
4478           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
4479                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
4480             << Record->isUnion();
4481         }
4482       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
4483         // Any access specifier is fine.
4484       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
4485         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
4486       } else {
4487         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
4488         // member. Complain about it.
4489         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
4490         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
4491           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
4492         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
4493           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
4494         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
4495           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
4496 
4497         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
4498         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
4499             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
4500           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
4501             << Record->isUnion();
4502         else {
4503           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
4504           Invalid = true;
4505         }
4506       }
4507     }
4508 
4509     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
4510     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
4511     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
4512     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
4513         Owner->isRecord())
4514       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
4515                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
4516   }
4517 
4518   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
4519     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
4520       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4521     Invalid = true;
4522   }
4523 
4524   // Mock up a declarator.
4525   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
4526   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4527   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
4528 
4529   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
4530   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
4531   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
4532     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
4533                              DS.getLocStart(),
4534                              Record->getLocation(),
4535                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4536                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4537                              TInfo,
4538                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4539                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4540     Anon->setAccess(AS);
4541     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4542       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
4543   } else {
4544     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4545     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4546     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4547       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4548       // an error here
4549       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4550       Invalid = true;
4551       SC = SC_None;
4552     }
4553 
4554     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4555                            DS.getLocStart(),
4556                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4557                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4558                            TInfo, SC);
4559 
4560     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4561     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4562     // initializer:
4563     //   union { int n = 0; };
4564     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
4565   }
4566   Anon->setImplicit();
4567 
4568   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4569   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4570 
4571   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4572   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4573   // its members.
4574   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4575 
4576   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4577   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4578   // purposes.
4579   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4580   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4581 
4582   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
4583     Invalid = true;
4584 
4585   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4586     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4587       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4588       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
4589               NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
4590         Context.setManglingNumber(
4591             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4592                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
4593         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4594       }
4595     }
4596   }
4597 
4598   if (Invalid)
4599     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4600 
4601   return Anon;
4602 }
4603 
4604 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4605 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4606 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4607 /// Example:
4608 ///
4609 /// struct A { int a; };
4610 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4611 ///
4612 /// void foo() {
4613 ///   B var;
4614 ///   var.a = 3;
4615 /// }
4616 ///
4617 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4618                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4619   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4620 
4621   // Mock up a declarator.
4622   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4623   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4624   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4625 
4626   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4627   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4628 
4629   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4630   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4631                              ParentDecl,
4632                              DS.getLocStart(),
4633                              DS.getLocStart(),
4634                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4635                              RecTy,
4636                              TInfo,
4637                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4638                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4639   Anon->setImplicit();
4640 
4641   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4642   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4643 
4644   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4645   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4646   // purposes.
4647   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4648   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4649 
4650   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4651   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4652                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4653       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4654                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
4655     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4656     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4657   }
4658 
4659   return Anon;
4660 }
4661 
4662 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4663 /// given Declarator.
4664 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4665   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4666 }
4667 
4668 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4669 DeclarationNameInfo
4670 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4671   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4672   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4673 
4674   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4675 
4676   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4677   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4678     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4679     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4680     return NameInfo;
4681 
4682   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4683     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4684                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4685     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4686     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4687       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4688     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4689       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4690     return NameInfo;
4691 
4692   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4693     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4694                                                            Name.Identifier));
4695     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4696     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4697     return NameInfo;
4698 
4699   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4700     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4701     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4702     if (Ty.isNull())
4703       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4704     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4705                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4706     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4707     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4708     return NameInfo;
4709   }
4710 
4711   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4712     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4713     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4714     if (Ty.isNull())
4715       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4716     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4717                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4718     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4719     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4720     return NameInfo;
4721   }
4722 
4723   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4724     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4725     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4726     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4727     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4728     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4729       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4730 
4731     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4732     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4733 
4734     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4735     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4736     // was qualified.
4737 
4738     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4739                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4740     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4741     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4742     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4743     return NameInfo;
4744   }
4745 
4746   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4747     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4748     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4749     if (Ty.isNull())
4750       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4751     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4752                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4753     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4754     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4755     return NameInfo;
4756   }
4757 
4758   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4759     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4760     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4761     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4762   }
4763 
4764   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4765 
4766   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4767 }
4768 
4769 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4770   do {
4771     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4772       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4773     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4774       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4775     else
4776       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4777   } while (true);
4778 }
4779 
4780 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4781 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4782 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4783 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4784 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4785 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4786 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4787 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4788                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4789                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4790                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4791   Params.clear();
4792   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4793     return false;
4794   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4795     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4796     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4797 
4798     // The parameter types are identical
4799     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4800       continue;
4801 
4802     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4803     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4804     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4805     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4806 
4807     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4808         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4809       Params.push_back(Idx);
4810     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4811       return false;
4812   }
4813 
4814   return true;
4815 }
4816 
4817 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4818 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4819 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4820 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4821 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4822 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4823                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4824   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4825   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4826   //   - types which will become injected class names
4827   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4828   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4829   // few cases here.
4830 
4831   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4832   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4833   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4834   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4835   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4836   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4837     // Grab the type from the parser.
4838     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4839     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4840     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4841 
4842     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4843     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4844     // attached already.
4845     if (!TSI)
4846       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4847 
4848     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4849     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4850     if (!TSI) return true;
4851 
4852     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4853     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4854     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4855     break;
4856   }
4857 
4858   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4859   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4860     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4861     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4862     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4863     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4864     break;
4865   }
4866 
4867   default:
4868     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4869     break;
4870   }
4871 
4872   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4873   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4874     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4875 
4876     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4877     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4878     // pointer.
4879     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4880       continue;
4881 
4882     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4883     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4884     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4885       return true;
4886   }
4887 
4888   return false;
4889 }
4890 
4891 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4892   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4893   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4894 
4895   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4896       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4897     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4898 
4899   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
4900     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
4901 
4902   return Dcl;
4903 }
4904 
4905 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4906 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4907 ///   name different from T:
4908 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4909 ///     - every member function of class T
4910 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4911 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4912 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4913                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4914   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4915 
4916   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
4917   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
4918     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
4919   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4920     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4921     return true;
4922   }
4923 
4924   return false;
4925 }
4926 
4927 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4928 /// nested-name-specifier.
4929 ///
4930 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4931 ///
4932 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4933 /// resolves.
4934 ///
4935 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4936 ///
4937 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4938 ///
4939 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4940 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4941                                         DeclarationName Name,
4942                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4943   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4944   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4945     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4946 
4947   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4948   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4949   //
4950   // class X {
4951   //   void X::f();
4952   // };
4953   //
4954   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4955   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4956   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4957     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4958       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4959                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4960         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4961       SS.clear();
4962     } else {
4963       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4964     }
4965     return false;
4966   }
4967 
4968   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4969   // declaration.
4970   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4971     if (Cur->isRecord())
4972       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4973         << Name << SS.getRange();
4974     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4975       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4976         << Name << SS.getRange();
4977     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4978       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4979         << Name << SS.getRange();
4980     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4981       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4982         << Name << SS.getRange();
4983     else
4984       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4985       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4986 
4987     return true;
4988   }
4989 
4990   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4991     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4992     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4993       << Name << SS.getRange();
4994     SS.clear();
4995 
4996     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4997     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4998     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4999     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5000          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5001         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5002                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5003       return true;
5004 
5005     return false;
5006   }
5007 
5008   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5009   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5010   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5011   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5012   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5013     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5014   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5015         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5016     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5017       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5018 
5019   return false;
5020 }
5021 
5022 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5023                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5024   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5025   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5026   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5027 
5028   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5029   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5030   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5031     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5032   } else if (!Name) {
5033     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5034       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5035            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5036         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5037     return nullptr;
5038   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5039     return nullptr;
5040 
5041   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5042   // we find one that is.
5043   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5044          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5045     S = S->getParent();
5046 
5047   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5048   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5049     D.setInvalidType();
5050   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5051     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5052                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5053       return nullptr;
5054 
5055     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5056     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5057     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5058       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5059       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5060       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5061       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5062       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5063            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5064         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5065         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5066       return nullptr;
5067     }
5068     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5069 
5070     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5071         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5072       return nullptr;
5073 
5074     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5075     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5076       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5077            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5078         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5079       return nullptr;
5080     }
5081     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5082       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
5083                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
5084         if (DC->isRecord())
5085           return nullptr;
5086 
5087         D.setInvalidType();
5088       }
5089     }
5090 
5091     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5092     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5093     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5094         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5095       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5096       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5097         D.setInvalidType();
5098     }
5099   }
5100 
5101   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5102   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5103 
5104   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5105     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
5106     // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the
5107     // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it.
5108     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5109       return nullptr;
5110 
5111   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5112                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5113     D.setInvalidType();
5114 
5115   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5116                         ForRedeclaration);
5117 
5118   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5119   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5120     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5121     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5122 
5123     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5124     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5125     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5126     //
5127     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5128     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5129     // the same name.
5130     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5131       /* Do nothing*/;
5132     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5133              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5134               R->isFunctionType())) {
5135       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5136       CreateBuiltins =
5137           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5138     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5139                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5140       CreateBuiltins = true;
5141 
5142     if (IsLinkageLookup)
5143       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5144 
5145     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5146   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5147     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5148 
5149     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5150     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5151     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5152     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5153     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5154     //  thereof; [...]
5155     //
5156     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5157     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5158     // we want to match. For example, given:
5159     //
5160     //   class X {
5161     //     void f();
5162     //     void f(float);
5163     //   };
5164     //
5165     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5166     //
5167     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5168     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5169     // matches.
5170 
5171     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5172     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5173     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5174     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5175     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5176   }
5177 
5178   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5179       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5180     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5181     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5182       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5183                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5184 
5185     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5186     Previous.clear();
5187   }
5188 
5189   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5190   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5191   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
5192   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
5193   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5194       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5195     Previous.clear();
5196 
5197   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5198   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5199   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5200     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5201 
5202   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
5203     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
5204     // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
5205     // template, declared in namespace scope
5206     if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5207       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5208            diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5209       return nullptr;
5210     }
5211 
5212     if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5213       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5214            diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope);
5215       return nullptr;
5216     }
5217   }
5218 
5219   NamedDecl *New;
5220 
5221   bool AddToScope = true;
5222   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5223     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5224       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5225       return nullptr;
5226     }
5227 
5228     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5229   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5230     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5231                                   TemplateParamLists,
5232                                   AddToScope);
5233   } else {
5234     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5235                                   AddToScope);
5236   }
5237 
5238   if (!New)
5239     return nullptr;
5240 
5241   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5242   // add it to the scope stack.
5243   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) {
5244     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
5245     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
5246     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
5247     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
5248     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
5249     if (!AddToContext)
5250       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
5251   }
5252 
5253   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5254     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5255 
5256   return New;
5257 }
5258 
5259 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5260 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5261 /// GCC compatibility).
5262 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5263                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5264                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5265                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5266   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5267   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5268   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5269   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5270   SizeIsNegative = false;
5271   Oversized = 0;
5272 
5273   if (T->isDependentType())
5274     return QualType();
5275 
5276   QualifierCollector Qs;
5277   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5278 
5279   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5280     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5281     QualType FixedType =
5282         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5283                                             Oversized);
5284     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5285     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5286     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5287   }
5288   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5289     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5290     QualType FixedType =
5291         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5292                                             Oversized);
5293     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5294     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5295     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5296   }
5297 
5298   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5299   if (!VLATy)
5300     return QualType();
5301   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
5302   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
5303     return QualType();
5304 
5305   llvm::APSInt Res;
5306   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5307       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
5308     return QualType();
5309 
5310   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5311   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5312     SizeIsNegative = true;
5313     return QualType();
5314   }
5315 
5316   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5317   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
5318     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
5319                                               Res);
5320   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5321     Oversized = Res;
5322     return QualType();
5323   }
5324 
5325   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
5326                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5327 }
5328 
5329 static void
5330 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5331   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5332   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5333   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5334     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5335     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5336                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5337     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5338     return;
5339   }
5340   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5341     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5342     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
5343                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
5344     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
5345     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
5346     return;
5347   }
5348   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5349   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
5350   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
5351   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
5352   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
5353   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
5354   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
5355   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
5356 }
5357 
5358 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5359 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5360 /// GCC compatibility).
5361 static TypeSourceInfo*
5362 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5363                                               ASTContext &Context,
5364                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
5365                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5366   QualType FixedTy
5367     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
5368                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5369   if (FixedTy.isNull())
5370     return nullptr;
5371   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
5372   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
5373                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
5374   return FixedTInfo;
5375 }
5376 
5377 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
5378 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
5379 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
5380 /// function-scope declarations.
5381 void
5382 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
5383   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5384       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5385     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
5386     return;
5387 
5388   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
5389   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
5390 }
5391 
5392 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
5393   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
5394   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
5395   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
5396 }
5397 
5398 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
5399 /// does not identify a function.
5400 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
5401   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
5402   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
5403   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
5404     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5405          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5406 
5407   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
5408     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5409          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
5410 
5411   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
5412     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
5413          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
5414 }
5415 
5416 NamedDecl*
5417 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
5418                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
5419   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5420   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5421     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
5422       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5423     D.setInvalidType();
5424     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
5425     DC = CurContext;
5426     Previous.clear();
5427   }
5428 
5429   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5430 
5431   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
5432     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
5433         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
5434   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5435     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
5436       << 1;
5437   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified())
5438     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
5439          diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
5440 
5441   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
5442     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
5443       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
5444     return nullptr;
5445   }
5446 
5447   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
5448   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
5449 
5450   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5451   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
5452 
5453   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
5454 
5455   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
5456   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
5457   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
5458   return ND;
5459 }
5460 
5461 void
5462 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
5463   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
5464   // then it shall have block scope.
5465   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
5466   // that redeclarations will match.
5467   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5468   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5469   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5470     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5471 
5472     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5473       bool SizeIsNegative;
5474       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5475       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5476         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5477                                                       SizeIsNegative,
5478                                                       Oversized);
5479       if (FixedTInfo) {
5480         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5481         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5482       } else {
5483         if (SizeIsNegative)
5484           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
5485         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
5486           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
5487         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
5488           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
5489             << Oversized.toString(10);
5490         else
5491           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5492         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
5493       }
5494     }
5495   }
5496 }
5497 
5498 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
5499 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
5500 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
5501 NamedDecl*
5502 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
5503                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
5504   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
5505   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
5506   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
5507                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
5508   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
5509   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5510     Redeclaration = true;
5511     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
5512   }
5513 
5514   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5515   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
5516     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5517         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5518       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
5519         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
5520       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
5521         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5522       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
5523         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
5524       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
5525         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
5526     }
5527 
5528   return NewTD;
5529 }
5530 
5531 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
5532 /// previous declaration.
5533 ///
5534 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
5535 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
5536 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
5537 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
5538 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
5539 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
5540 ///
5541 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
5542 /// lookup
5543 ///
5544 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
5545 /// declared.
5546 ///
5547 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
5548 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
5549 static bool
5550 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
5551                                 ASTContext &Context) {
5552   if (!PrevDecl)
5553     return false;
5554 
5555   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
5556     return false;
5557 
5558   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5559     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
5560     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
5561     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5562     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5563     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5564     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5565     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5566     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5567       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5568       return false;
5569 
5570     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5571     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5572       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5573       return false;
5574 
5575     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5576     // previous declarations.
5577     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5578     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5579 
5580     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5581     // isn't the same function.
5582     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5583       return false;
5584   }
5585 
5586   return true;
5587 }
5588 
5589 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5590   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5591   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5592   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5593 }
5594 
5595 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5596   QualType type = decl->getType();
5597   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5598   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5599     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5600     unsigned kind = -1U;
5601     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5602       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5603         kind = 0; // __block
5604       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5605         kind = 1; // global
5606     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5607       kind = 3; // ivar
5608     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5609       kind = 2; // field
5610     }
5611 
5612     if (kind != -1U) {
5613       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5614         << kind;
5615     }
5616   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5617     // Try to infer lifetime.
5618     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5619       return false;
5620 
5621     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5622     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5623     decl->setType(type);
5624   }
5625 
5626   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5627     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5628     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5629         var->getTLSKind()) {
5630       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5631         << var->getType();
5632       return true;
5633     }
5634   }
5635 
5636   return false;
5637 }
5638 
5639 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5640   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5641   // the wrong linkage.
5642   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5643 
5644   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5645   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5646     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5647       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5648       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5649     }
5650   }
5651   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5652     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5653       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5654       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5655       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5656     }
5657   }
5658 
5659   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
5660     if (VD->hasInit()) {
5661       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
5662         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
5663                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
5664         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
5665         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
5666       }
5667     }
5668   }
5669 
5670   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
5671   // It does not apply to functions.
5672   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5673     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5674       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
5675              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5676       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5677     }
5678   }
5679 
5680   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5681     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
5682     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
5683     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
5684     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) {
5685       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5686         << &ND << Attr;
5687       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5688     }
5689   }
5690 
5691   // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'.
5692   if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>())
5693     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND))
5694       if (MD->isVirtual()) {
5695         S.Diag(ND.getLocation(),
5696                diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function)
5697             << Attr;
5698         ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>();
5699       }
5700 }
5701 
5702 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5703                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5704                                            bool IsSpecialization,
5705                                            bool IsDefinition) {
5706   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl())
5707     return;
5708 
5709   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
5710     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5711     if (!IsSpecialization)
5712       IsDefinition = false;
5713   }
5714   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5715     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5716 
5717   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5718     return;
5719 
5720   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5721   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5722   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5723   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5724 
5725   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5726   // inherited attribute instances.
5727   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5728                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5729 
5730   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5731   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5732   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5733   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5734   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5735 
5736   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5737     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
5738     bool JustWarn = false;
5739     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
5740       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5741       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5742         JustWarn = true;
5743       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5744       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5745         JustWarn = true;
5746     }
5747 
5748     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
5749     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
5750     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
5751     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
5752       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
5753         JustWarn = false;
5754 
5755     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5756                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5757     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5758         << NewDecl
5759         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5760     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5761     if (!JustWarn) {
5762       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5763       return;
5764     }
5765   }
5766 
5767   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5768   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5769   // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case,
5770   // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport.
5771   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5772   bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
5773   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5774     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5775     // separately.
5776     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5777     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
5778                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
5779   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5780     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5781     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5782                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5783   }
5784 
5785   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5786       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5787     if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) {
5788       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5789              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
5790           << NewDecl;
5791       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5792       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5793       NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr(
5794           NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context,
5795           NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex()));
5796     } else {
5797       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5798              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5799           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5800       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5801       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5802       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5803       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5804     }
5805   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) {
5806     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute.
5807     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5808     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5809     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5810            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
5811         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5812   }
5813 }
5814 
5815 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5816 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5817 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5818 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5819   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5820 
5821   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5822   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5823 
5824   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5825   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5826     return false;
5827 
5828   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5829   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5830 }
5831 
5832 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5833 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5834 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5835 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5836 ///
5837 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5838 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5839 ///
5840 /// For instance:
5841 ///
5842 ///   auto x = []{};
5843 ///
5844 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5845 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5846 ///
5847 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5848 template<typename T>
5849 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5850   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5851     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5852     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5853       return false;
5854 
5855     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
5856     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
5857                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
5858       return false;
5859   }
5860   return D->isExternC();
5861 }
5862 
5863 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5864   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5865   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5866     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5867   if (DC->isFileContext())
5868     return true;
5869   if (DC->isRecord())
5870     return false;
5871   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5872 }
5873 
5874 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5875   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5876   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
5877       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC))
5878     return true;
5879   if (DC->isRecord())
5880     return false;
5881   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5882 }
5883 
5884 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5885                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5886   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5887     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5888       return true;
5889   return false;
5890 }
5891 
5892 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5893                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5894   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5895   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5896     return true;
5897 
5898   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5899   // position to the decl itself.
5900   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5901     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5902       return true;
5903   }
5904 
5905   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5906   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5907 }
5908 
5909 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5910 /// function-local external declaration.
5911 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5912   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5913     return false;
5914 
5915   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5916   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5917   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5918   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5919     return true;
5920 
5921   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5922   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5923   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5924   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5925   //
5926   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5927   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5928   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5929     DC = DC->getParent();
5930   return true;
5931 }
5932 
5933 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
5934 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
5935   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
5936     return FD->isExternC();
5937   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
5938     return VD->isExternC();
5939 
5940   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
5941 }
5942 
5943 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
5944     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5945     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5946     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
5947   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5948   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5949 
5950   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5951 
5952   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5953     AddToScope = false;
5954     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
5955     // purposes.
5956     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
5957     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
5958       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
5959       Name = II;
5960     }
5961   } else if (!II) {
5962     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5963       << Name;
5964     return nullptr;
5965   }
5966 
5967   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5968     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
5969     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
5970     // argument.
5971     if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
5972       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5973            diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
5974           << R;
5975       D.setInvalidType();
5976       return nullptr;
5977     }
5978 
5979     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
5980     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5981     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
5982     // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope.
5983     if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
5984       if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
5985         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5986              diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R;
5987         D.setInvalidType();
5988         return nullptr;
5989       }
5990     }
5991 
5992     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5993     QualType NR = R;
5994     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5995       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5996         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5997         D.setInvalidType();
5998         break;
5999       }
6000       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6001     }
6002 
6003     if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) {
6004       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6005       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6006       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6007         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6008         D.setInvalidType();
6009       }
6010     }
6011 
6012     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6013     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6014     // space qualifiers.
6015     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6016       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
6017       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6018     }
6019 
6020     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6021     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6022     // address space qualifiers.
6023     if (R->isEventT()) {
6024       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
6025         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6026         D.setInvalidType();
6027       }
6028     }
6029   }
6030 
6031   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6032   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6033 
6034   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6035   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6036   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6037       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
6038       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
6039     SC = SC_Extern;
6040 
6041   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6042   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6043                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6044 
6045   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6046     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6047     // an error here
6048     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6049     D.setInvalidType();
6050     SC = SC_None;
6051   }
6052 
6053   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6054       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6055                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6056     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6057     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6058     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6059     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6060          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6061                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6062       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6063   }
6064 
6065   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6066 
6067   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6068     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6069     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6070     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6071     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6072       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6073       D.setInvalidType();
6074     }
6075   }
6076 
6077   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
6078   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6079   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6080   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6081   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6082   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6083   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6084   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6085     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6086                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
6087                             R, TInfo, SC);
6088 
6089     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6090       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6091 
6092     if (D.isInvalidType())
6093       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6094   } else {
6095     bool Invalid = false;
6096 
6097     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6098       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6099       switch (SC) {
6100       case SC_None:
6101         break;
6102       case SC_Static:
6103         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6104              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6105           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6106         break;
6107       case SC_Auto:
6108       case SC_Register:
6109       case SC_Extern:
6110         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6111         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6112         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6113         // of class members
6114 
6115         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6116              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6117           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6118         break;
6119       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6120         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6121       }
6122     }
6123 
6124     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6125       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6126         if (RD->isLocalClass())
6127           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6128                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6129             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
6130 
6131         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6132         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6133         if (RD->isUnion())
6134           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6135                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6136                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6137                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6138         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
6139         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
6140           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6141                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6142             << Name << RD->isUnion();
6143       }
6144     }
6145 
6146     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6147     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6148     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6149         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6150         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6151         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6152             ? D.getName().TemplateId
6153             : nullptr,
6154         TemplateParamLists,
6155         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
6156 
6157     if (TemplateParams) {
6158       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
6159           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6160         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
6161         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
6162         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6163              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
6164           << II
6165           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
6166                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
6167         TemplateParams = nullptr;
6168       } else {
6169         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6170           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
6171           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
6172           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
6173           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
6174         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
6175           // This is a template declaration.
6176           IsVariableTemplate = true;
6177 
6178           // Check that we can declare a template here.
6179           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6180             return nullptr;
6181 
6182           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
6183           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6184                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
6185                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
6186                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
6187         }
6188       }
6189     } else {
6190       assert(
6191           (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) &&
6192           "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
6193     }
6194 
6195     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6196       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
6197           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
6198               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
6199               : SourceLocation();
6200       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
6201           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
6202           IsPartialSpecialization);
6203       if (Res.isInvalid())
6204         return nullptr;
6205       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
6206       AddToScope = false;
6207     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6208       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6209                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
6210                                         Bindings);
6211     } else
6212       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
6213                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
6214 
6215     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
6216     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
6217       NewTemplate =
6218           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
6219                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
6220       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
6221     }
6222 
6223     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
6224     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
6225     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
6226       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6227 
6228     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
6229       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6230       if (NewTemplate)
6231         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6232     }
6233 
6234     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
6235 
6236     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
6237     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
6238     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
6239     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
6240       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
6241           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
6242 
6243     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6244       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
6245       // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
6246       //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
6247       //   implicitly an inline variable.
6248       if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z)
6249         NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
6250     }
6251 
6252     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) {
6253       if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6254         VTD->setConcept();
6255 
6256       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
6257       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
6258       // specifiers, [...]
6259       if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) {
6260         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6261              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6262             << 0 << 0;
6263         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6264       }
6265 
6266       if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) {
6267         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
6268              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
6269             << 0 << 3;
6270         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6271       }
6272 
6273       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
6274       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
6275       // template, declared in namespace scope.
6276       if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
6277         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
6278              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization)
6279             << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1);
6280       }
6281 
6282       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the
6283       // following restrictions:
6284       // - The declared type shall have the type bool.
6285       if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) &&
6286           !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6287         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl);
6288         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6289       }
6290     }
6291   }
6292 
6293   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
6294     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6295       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6296           << 0;
6297     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6298       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
6299       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6300            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6301         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6302     } else {
6303       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6304            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
6305                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
6306       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
6307     }
6308   }
6309 
6310   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
6311   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6312   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6313   if (NewTemplate)
6314     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6315 
6316   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
6317     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
6318       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6319         B->setLocalExternDecl();
6320     else
6321       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
6322   }
6323 
6324   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
6325   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
6326     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
6327     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
6328     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
6329     //   explicitly.
6330     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
6331     //   'extern'.
6332     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
6333         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
6334          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
6335          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
6336       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6337            diag::err_thread_non_global)
6338         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6339     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
6340       if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6341         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
6342         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
6343         // error should be ignored.
6344         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
6345         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
6346         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
6347         // to emit any code for it.
6348         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6349       } else
6350         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6351              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6352     } else
6353       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
6354   }
6355 
6356   // C99 6.7.4p3
6357   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
6358   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
6359   //   thread storage duration...
6360   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
6361   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
6362   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
6363   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
6364   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
6365   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6366       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
6367     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
6368     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
6369       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6370            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
6371       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
6372     }
6373   }
6374 
6375   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6376     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6377       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6378           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
6379           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6380                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6381     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
6382       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6383         << 2
6384         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6385     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6386       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
6387         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
6388         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
6389         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
6390     else {
6391       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
6392       if (NewTemplate)
6393         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6394       for (auto *B : Bindings)
6395         B->setModulePrivate();
6396     }
6397   }
6398 
6399   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6400   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
6401 
6402   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6403     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD))
6404       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6405            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
6406     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
6407     // storage [duration]."
6408     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
6409         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
6410          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
6411       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
6412     }
6413   }
6414 
6415   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
6416   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
6417   // check the VarDecl itself.
6418   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
6419          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
6420          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
6421 
6422   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
6423   // retainable type.
6424   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
6425     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6426 
6427   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6428   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
6429     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6430     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6431     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
6432     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
6433       switch (SC) {
6434       case SC_None:
6435       case SC_Auto:
6436         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
6437         break;
6438       case SC_Register:
6439         // Local Named register
6440         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
6441             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
6442           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6443         break;
6444       case SC_Static:
6445       case SC_Extern:
6446       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6447         break;
6448       }
6449     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
6450       // Global Named register
6451       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
6452         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
6453         bool HasSizeMismatch;
6454 
6455         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
6456           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
6457         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
6458                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
6459                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
6460           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
6461         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
6462           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
6463       }
6464 
6465       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
6466         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
6467         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6468       }
6469     }
6470 
6471     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
6472                                                 Context, Label, 0));
6473   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6474     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6475       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
6476     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6477       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
6478         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
6479         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6480       } else
6481         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
6482             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
6483     }
6484   }
6485 
6486   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6487   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
6488                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
6489                                 : nullptr;
6490 
6491   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
6492   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
6493   // declaration has linkage).
6494   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
6495                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
6496                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
6497                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
6498 
6499   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
6500   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
6501   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6502       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
6503     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
6504         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
6505         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
6506 
6507   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6508     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6509   } else {
6510     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
6511     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6512         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
6513       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6514 
6515     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
6516     if (!Previous.empty()) {
6517       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
6518           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
6519           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6520         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
6521         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6522         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
6523           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6524         Previous.clear();
6525         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6526       }
6527     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6528       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
6529       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
6530         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
6531         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6532       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6533     }
6534 
6535     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
6536       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
6537 
6538     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...]
6539     // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a
6540     // concept definition.
6541     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization &&
6542         !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() &&
6543         Previous.isSingleResult()) {
6544       NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6545       if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) {
6546         if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) {
6547           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized)
6548               << 1                            /*variable*/
6549               << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/
6550                                           : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/);
6551           Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6552           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6553         }
6554       }
6555     }
6556 
6557     if (NewTemplate) {
6558       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
6559           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
6560               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
6561               : nullptr;
6562 
6563       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
6564       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
6565       // template declaration.
6566       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
6567               TemplateParams,
6568               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
6569                               : nullptr,
6570               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6571                DC->isDependentContext())
6572                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6573                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
6574         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6575 
6576       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
6577       // template, make a note of that.
6578       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
6579           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
6580         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
6581     }
6582   }
6583 
6584   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
6585   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
6586     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6587 
6588   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
6589 
6590   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
6591   // the map of such variables.
6592   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6593       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
6594     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
6595 
6596   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6597     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
6598     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
6599             NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) {
6600       Context.setManglingNumber(
6601           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
6602                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
6603       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
6604     }
6605   }
6606 
6607   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
6608   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
6609       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6610       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
6611 
6612     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
6613     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
6614     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6615       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
6616 
6617     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
6618     // behavior.
6619     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
6620       Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
6621   }
6622 
6623   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
6624     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
6625         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
6626         IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition());
6627   }
6628 
6629   if (NewTemplate) {
6630     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6631       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6632     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
6633     return NewTemplate;
6634   }
6635 
6636   return NewVD;
6637 }
6638 
6639 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
6640 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field };
6641 
6642 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
6643 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6644                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
6645   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
6646     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
6647   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
6648 }
6649 
6650 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
6651 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
6652 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
6653                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
6654   for (const LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
6655     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
6656       return Capture.getLocation();
6657   }
6658   return SourceLocation();
6659 }
6660 
6661 /// \brief Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
6662 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
6663 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
6664                                         const LookupResult &R) {
6665   // Return if warning is ignored.
6666   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
6667     return nullptr;
6668 
6669   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
6670   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
6671     return nullptr;
6672 
6673   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
6674   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
6675     return nullptr;
6676 
6677   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
6678   return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)
6679              ? ShadowedDecl
6680              : nullptr;
6681 }
6682 
6683 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
6684 /// -Wshadow.
6685 ///
6686 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
6687 /// scope.
6688 ///
6689 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
6690 /// \param R the lookup of the name
6691 ///
6692 void Sema::CheckShadow(VarDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
6693                        const LookupResult &R) {
6694   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
6695 
6696   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
6697     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
6698     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
6699       if (MD->isStatic())
6700         return;
6701 
6702     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
6703     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
6704     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
6705       // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
6706       // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
6707       D = D->getCanonicalDecl();
6708       ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD});
6709       return;
6710     }
6711   }
6712 
6713   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
6714     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
6715       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
6716       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
6717       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
6718         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
6719           ShadowedDecl = I;
6720           break;
6721         }
6722     }
6723 
6724   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6725 
6726   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
6727   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
6728   if (isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
6729     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
6730       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
6731         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
6732           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
6733           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
6734           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
6735           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
6736           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6737             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
6738         } else {
6739           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
6740           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
6741           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
6742               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back({D, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
6743           return;
6744         }
6745       }
6746     }
6747   }
6748 
6749   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
6750   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
6751     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
6752     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
6753       return;
6754 
6755     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
6756     // static data members from base classes?
6757 
6758     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
6759     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
6760     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
6761   }
6762 
6763 
6764   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
6765 
6766   // Emit warning and note.
6767   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
6768     return;
6769   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
6770   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
6771   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6772     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6773         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
6774   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6775 }
6776 
6777 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
6778 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
6779 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
6780   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
6781     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
6782     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
6783     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
6784     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6785     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
6786                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
6787                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
6788         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
6789         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
6790     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
6791       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
6792           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
6793     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6794   }
6795 }
6796 
6797 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
6798 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
6799   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
6800     return;
6801 
6802   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
6803                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6804   LookupName(R, S);
6805   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
6806     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
6807 }
6808 
6809 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
6810 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
6811 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6812   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
6813   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
6814     return;
6815   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6816   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
6817   if (!DRE)
6818     return;
6819   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
6820   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
6821   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
6822     return;
6823   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
6824   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
6825   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
6826   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
6827   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6828 
6829   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
6830   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
6831 }
6832 
6833 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
6834 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
6835 template<typename T>
6836 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
6837     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
6838   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
6839   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
6840 
6841   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6842     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
6843     // declaration.
6844     return false;
6845   }
6846 
6847   if (Prev) {
6848     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
6849       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
6850       // redeclaration.
6851       Previous.clear();
6852       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6853       return true;
6854     }
6855 
6856     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
6857     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
6858     // declaration.
6859     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
6860       return false;
6861   } else {
6862     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
6863     // translation unit which might conflict.
6864     if (IsGlobal) {
6865       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
6866       IsGlobal = false;
6867       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6868            I != E; ++I) {
6869         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6870           Prev = *I;
6871           break;
6872         }
6873       }
6874     } else {
6875       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
6876           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6877       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6878            I != E; ++I) {
6879         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6880           Prev = *I;
6881           break;
6882         }
6883         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6884         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6885         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6886         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6887         // diagnostic.
6888       }
6889     }
6890 
6891     if (!Prev)
6892       return false;
6893   }
6894 
6895   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6896   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6897   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6898   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6899     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6900   else
6901     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6902 
6903   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6904     << IsGlobal << ND;
6905   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6906     << IsGlobal;
6907   return false;
6908 }
6909 
6910 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6911 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6912 ///
6913 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6914 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6915 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6916 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6917 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6918 template<typename T>
6919 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6920                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6921   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6922     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6923     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6924     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6925     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6926       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6927         Previous.clear();
6928         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6929         return true;
6930       }
6931     }
6932     return false;
6933   }
6934 
6935   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6936   // declaration.
6937   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6938     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6939 
6940   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6941   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6942   // in another scope.
6943   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6944     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6945 
6946   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6947   return false;
6948 }
6949 
6950 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6951   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6952   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6953     return;
6954 
6955   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6956   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6957 
6958   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6959   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6960     return;
6961 
6962   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6963     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6964 
6965   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6966     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6967       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6968     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6969     NewVD->setType(T);
6970   }
6971 
6972   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6973   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6974   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6975   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6976   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL
6977       && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6978     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6979     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6980     return;
6981   }
6982 
6983   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
6984   // scope.
6985   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
6986       !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") &&
6987       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6988     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6989     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6990     return;
6991   }
6992 
6993   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
6994     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
6995     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6996       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
6997       return;
6998     }
6999 
7000     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7001       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7002       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7003       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7004         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7005             << 0 /*const*/;
7006         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7007         return;
7008       }
7009       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7010         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7011         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7012         return;
7013       }
7014     }
7015     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7016     // __constant address space.
7017     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7018     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7019     // address space.
7020     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7021         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7022       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7023           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7024             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7025              getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) {
7026         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7027         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200)
7028           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7029               << Scope << "global or constant";
7030         else
7031           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7032               << Scope << "constant";
7033         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7034         return;
7035       }
7036     } else {
7037       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7038         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7039             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7040         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7041         return;
7042       }
7043       // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables
7044       // in functions.
7045       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7046           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7047         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7048         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7049           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7050             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7051                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7052           else
7053             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7054                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7055           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7056           return;
7057         }
7058       }
7059     }
7060   }
7061 
7062   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7063       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7064     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
7065       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
7066     else {
7067       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
7068       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
7069     }
7070   }
7071 
7072   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
7073   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
7074       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7075     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7076 
7077   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
7078       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
7079     bool SizeIsNegative;
7080     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
7081     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
7082       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
7083                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
7084     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
7085       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
7086       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
7087       // int a[10][n];
7088       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
7089 
7090       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7091         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
7092         << SizeRange;
7093       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
7094         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
7095         << SizeRange;
7096       else
7097         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
7098         << SizeRange;
7099       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7100       return;
7101     }
7102 
7103     if (!FixedTInfo) {
7104       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
7105         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
7106       else
7107         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
7108       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7109       return;
7110     }
7111 
7112     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
7113     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
7114     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
7115   }
7116 
7117   if (T->isVoidType()) {
7118     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
7119     //                    of objects and functions.
7120     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7121       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
7122         << T;
7123       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7124       return;
7125     }
7126   }
7127 
7128   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7129     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7130     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7131     return;
7132   }
7133 
7134   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7135     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
7136     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7137     return;
7138   }
7139 
7140   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
7141       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
7142                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
7143     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7144     return;
7145   }
7146 }
7147 
7148 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
7149 /// declaration.
7150 ///
7151 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
7152 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
7153 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
7154 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
7155 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
7156 ///
7157 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
7158 ///
7159 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
7160 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
7161   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
7162 
7163   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7164   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7165     return false;
7166 
7167   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
7168   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
7169   if (Previous.empty() &&
7170       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
7171     Previous.setShadowed();
7172 
7173   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7174     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
7175     return true;
7176   }
7177   return false;
7178 }
7179 
7180 namespace {
7181 struct FindOverriddenMethod {
7182   Sema *S;
7183   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
7184 
7185   /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
7186   /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
7187   /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
7188   bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
7189     RecordDecl *BaseRecord =
7190         Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7191 
7192     DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName();
7193 
7194     // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
7195     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7196       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
7197       QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
7198       CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
7199 
7200       Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
7201     }
7202 
7203     for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty();
7204          Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
7205       NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
7206       if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7207         if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false))
7208           return true;
7209       }
7210     }
7211 
7212     return false;
7213   }
7214 };
7215 
7216 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
7217 } // end anonymous namespace
7218 
7219 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
7220 /// overriden methods.
7221 ///
7222 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
7223 /// \param MD the overriding method.
7224 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
7225 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
7226                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
7227   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
7228   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
7229                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
7230        I != E; ++I) {
7231     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
7232     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
7233     // out the diag loop 3 times.
7234     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
7235         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
7236         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
7237       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
7238   }
7239 }
7240 
7241 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
7242 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
7243 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
7244   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
7245   CXXBasePaths Paths;
7246   FindOverriddenMethod FOM;
7247   FOM.Method = MD;
7248   FOM.S = this;
7249   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7250   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
7251   bool AddedAny = false;
7252   if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) {
7253     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
7254       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
7255         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
7256         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
7257             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
7258             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
7259             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
7260           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
7261           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
7262           AddedAny = true;
7263         }
7264       }
7265     }
7266   }
7267 
7268   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
7269     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
7270   }
7271   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
7272     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
7273   }
7274 
7275   return AddedAny;
7276 }
7277 
7278 namespace {
7279   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
7280   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
7281   struct ActOnFDArgs {
7282     Scope *S;
7283     Declarator &D;
7284     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
7285     bool AddToScope;
7286   };
7287 } // end anonymous namespace
7288 
7289 namespace {
7290 
7291 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
7292 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
7293 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
7294  public:
7295   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
7296                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
7297       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
7298         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
7299 
7300   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
7301     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
7302       return false;
7303 
7304     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7305     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
7306                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
7307          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7308       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7309 
7310       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7311           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7312         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
7313           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
7314           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
7315             return true;
7316         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
7317           return true;
7318         }
7319       }
7320     }
7321 
7322     return false;
7323   }
7324 
7325  private:
7326   ASTContext &Context;
7327   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
7328   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
7329 };
7330 
7331 } // end anonymous namespace
7332 
7333 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
7334 ///
7335 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
7336 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
7337 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
7338 /// the same name.
7339 ///
7340 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
7341 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
7342 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7343     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7344     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
7345   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
7346   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
7347   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
7348   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
7349   TypoCorrection Correction;
7350   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
7351   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
7352                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
7353   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
7354                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
7355                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
7356                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
7357 
7358   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7359   if (IsLocalFriend)
7360     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
7361   else
7362     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
7363   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
7364          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
7365   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7366   if (!Prev.empty()) {
7367     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
7368          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
7369       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
7370       if (FD &&
7371           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7372         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
7373         // involve a parameter
7374         unsigned ParamNum =
7375             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
7376         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
7377       }
7378     }
7379   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
7380   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
7381                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
7382                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7383                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
7384                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
7385                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
7386     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
7387     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
7388                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7389     Previous.clear();
7390     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
7391     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
7392                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
7393          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
7394       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
7395       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
7396           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
7397         Previous.addDecl(FD);
7398       }
7399     }
7400     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
7401 
7402     NamedDecl *Result;
7403     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
7404     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
7405     {
7406       // Trap errors.
7407       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7408 
7409       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
7410       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
7411       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
7412       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
7413           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
7414           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
7415           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
7416           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
7417 
7418       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
7419         Result = nullptr;
7420     }
7421 
7422     if (Result) {
7423       // Determine which correction we picked.
7424       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
7425       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7426            I != E; ++I)
7427         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
7428           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
7429 
7430       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
7431           Correction,
7432           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
7433                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
7434                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
7435             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
7436       return Result;
7437     }
7438 
7439     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
7440     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
7441                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
7442     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
7443     Previous.clear();
7444     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
7445   }
7446 
7447   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
7448       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
7449 
7450   bool NewFDisConst = false;
7451   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7452     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
7453 
7454   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
7455        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
7456        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
7457     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
7458     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
7459     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
7460     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
7461 
7462     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
7463     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
7464       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
7465       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
7466       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
7467       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
7468                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
7469         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
7470         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
7471     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
7472       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
7473           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
7474     } else
7475       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
7476                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
7477                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
7478   }
7479   return nullptr;
7480 }
7481 
7482 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
7483   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
7484   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
7485   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
7486   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
7487   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
7488     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7489                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
7490     D.setInvalidType();
7491     break;
7492   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
7493   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
7494     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
7495       return SC_None;
7496     return SC_Extern;
7497   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
7498     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7499       // C99 6.7.1p5:
7500       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
7501       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
7502       //   other than extern
7503       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
7504       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7505                    diag::err_static_block_func);
7506       break;
7507     } else
7508       return SC_Static;
7509   }
7510   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
7511   }
7512 
7513   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
7514   return SC_None;
7515 }
7516 
7517 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
7518                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
7519                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7520                                            StorageClass SC,
7521                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
7522   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7523   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7524 
7525   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
7526   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7527 
7528   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7529     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7530     // prototype. This true when:
7531     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
7532     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
7533     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
7534     bool HasPrototype =
7535       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
7536       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
7537 
7538     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7539                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7540                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
7541                                  HasPrototype, false);
7542     if (D.isInvalidType())
7543       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7544 
7545     return NewFD;
7546   }
7547 
7548   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7549   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7550 
7551   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
7552   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7553   // the class has been completely parsed.
7554   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
7555       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
7556           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
7557           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
7558     D.setInvalidType();
7559 
7560   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
7561     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
7562     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
7563            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
7564 
7565     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7566     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7567                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7568                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
7569                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
7570                                       isConstexpr);
7571 
7572   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7573     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
7574     if (DC->isRecord()) {
7575       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7576       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
7577       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
7578                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
7579                                         D.getLocStart(),
7580                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
7581                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
7582 
7583       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
7584       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
7585       // it yet.
7586       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
7587           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
7588           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
7589         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
7590       }
7591 
7592       IsVirtualOkay = true;
7593       return NewDD;
7594 
7595     } else {
7596       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
7597       D.setInvalidType();
7598 
7599       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
7600       // code path.
7601       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7602                                   D.getLocStart(),
7603                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
7604                                   SC, isInline,
7605                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
7606     }
7607 
7608   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
7609     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
7610       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7611            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
7612       return nullptr;
7613     }
7614 
7615     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
7616     IsVirtualOkay = true;
7617     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7618                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
7619                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
7620                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7621 
7622   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
7623     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
7624     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
7625     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
7626     // constructor if it has no return type).
7627     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
7628         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
7629       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
7630         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
7631         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7632       return nullptr;
7633     }
7634 
7635     // This is a C++ method declaration.
7636     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
7637                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
7638                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
7639                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
7640                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
7641     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
7642     return Ret;
7643   } else {
7644     bool isFriend =
7645         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7646     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
7647       return nullptr;
7648 
7649     // Determine whether the function was written with a
7650     // prototype. This true when:
7651     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
7652     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
7653                                 D.getLocStart(),
7654                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
7655                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
7656   }
7657 }
7658 
7659 enum OpenCLParamType {
7660   ValidKernelParam,
7661   PtrPtrKernelParam,
7662   PtrKernelParam,
7663   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
7664   InvalidKernelParam,
7665   RecordKernelParam
7666 };
7667 
7668 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
7669   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
7670     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
7671     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
7672       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
7673     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
7674         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0)
7675       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
7676     return PtrKernelParam;
7677   }
7678 
7679   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
7680   // be used as builtin types.
7681 
7682   if (PT->isImageType())
7683     return PtrKernelParam;
7684 
7685   if (PT->isBooleanType())
7686     return InvalidKernelParam;
7687 
7688   if (PT->isEventT())
7689     return InvalidKernelParam;
7690 
7691   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
7692   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
7693   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
7694   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType())
7695     return InvalidKernelParam;
7696 
7697   if (PT->isRecordType())
7698     return RecordKernelParam;
7699 
7700   return ValidKernelParam;
7701 }
7702 
7703 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
7704   Sema &S,
7705   Declarator &D,
7706   ParmVarDecl *Param,
7707   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
7708   QualType PT = Param->getType();
7709 
7710   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
7711   // used again
7712   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
7713     return;
7714 
7715   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
7716   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
7717     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
7718     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
7719     // pointer to a pointer type.
7720     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
7721     D.setInvalidType();
7722     return;
7723 
7724   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
7725     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
7726     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
7727     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
7728     // __constant.
7729     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
7730     D.setInvalidType();
7731     return;
7732 
7733     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
7734     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
7735     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
7736     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
7737     // one of these built-in scalar types.
7738 
7739   case InvalidKernelParam:
7740     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
7741     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
7742     // of event_t type.
7743     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
7744     // type for any function elsewhere.
7745     if (!PT->isHalfType())
7746       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7747     D.setInvalidType();
7748     return;
7749 
7750   case PtrKernelParam:
7751   case ValidKernelParam:
7752     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
7753     return;
7754 
7755   case RecordKernelParam:
7756     break;
7757   }
7758 
7759   // Track nested structs we will inspect
7760   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
7761 
7762   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
7763   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
7764   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
7765   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
7766 
7767   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7768   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
7769 
7770   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
7771 
7772   do {
7773     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
7774     if (!Next) {
7775       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
7776       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
7777       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
7778         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
7779 
7780       continue;
7781     }
7782 
7783     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
7784     // field itself) to the history stack.
7785     const RecordDecl *RD;
7786     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
7787       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
7788       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
7789     } else {
7790       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
7791     }
7792 
7793     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
7794     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
7795 
7796     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
7797       QualType QT = FD->getType();
7798 
7799       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
7800         continue;
7801 
7802       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
7803       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
7804         continue;
7805 
7806       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
7807         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
7808         continue;
7809       }
7810 
7811       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
7812       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
7813       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
7814       // union.
7815       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
7816           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
7817         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
7818                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
7819           << PT->isUnionType()
7820           << PT;
7821       } else {
7822         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
7823       }
7824 
7825       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7826         << PD->getDeclName();
7827 
7828       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
7829       // the offending field came from
7830       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
7831                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
7832                E = HistoryStack.end();
7833            I != E; ++I) {
7834         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
7835         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
7836           << OuterField->getType();
7837       }
7838 
7839       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
7840         << QT->isPointerType()
7841         << QT;
7842       D.setInvalidType();
7843       return;
7844     }
7845   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
7846 }
7847 
7848 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
7849 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
7850 /// nothing.
7851 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
7852   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
7853     DC = DC->getParent();
7854   return DC;
7855 }
7856 
7857 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
7858 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
7859 /// nothing.
7860 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
7861   while (S->isClassScope() ||
7862          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
7863           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
7864          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
7865          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
7866     S = S->getParent();
7867   return S;
7868 }
7869 
7870 NamedDecl*
7871 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
7872                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
7873                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
7874                               bool &AddToScope) {
7875   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
7876 
7877   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
7878 
7879   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
7880   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
7881   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
7882   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
7883 
7884   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
7885     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7886          diag::err_invalid_thread)
7887       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7888 
7889   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
7890     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
7891                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
7892 
7893   bool isFriend = false;
7894   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
7895   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7896   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7897 
7898   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
7899   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7900   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
7901 
7902   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
7903 
7904   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
7905   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
7906 
7907   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
7908                                               isVirtualOkay);
7909   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
7910 
7911   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
7912     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
7913 
7914   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
7915   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
7916   // context will be different from the semantic context.
7917   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7918 
7919   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
7920     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
7921 
7922   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7923     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
7924     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
7925     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
7926     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
7927     bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified();
7928     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
7929     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7930       // C++ [class.friend]p5
7931       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
7932       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
7933       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7934     }
7935 
7936     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
7937     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
7938     // return true).
7939     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
7940           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
7941       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
7942         NewFD->setPure(true);
7943 
7944       // C++ [class.union]p2
7945       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
7946       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
7947         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
7948     }
7949 
7950     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
7951     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
7952     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
7953     if (D.isInvalidType())
7954       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7955 
7956     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7957     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7958     bool Invalid = false;
7959     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
7960             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7961                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7962                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7963                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
7964                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
7965                     : nullptr,
7966                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
7967                 Invalid)) {
7968       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
7969         // This is a function template
7970 
7971         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7972         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7973           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7974 
7975         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7976         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7977           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7978           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7979         }
7980 
7981         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7982         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7983         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7984         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7985           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7986           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7987             Invalid = true;
7988         }
7989 
7990         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7991                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7992                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7993                                                         NewFD);
7994         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7995         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7996 
7997         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7998         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7999           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
8000                                                TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1));
8001         }
8002       } else {
8003         // This is a function template specialization.
8004         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8005         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8006         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8007           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8008 
8009         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
8010         if (isFriend) {
8011           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
8012           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
8013 
8014           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
8015           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
8016           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
8017           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
8018           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
8019           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
8020           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8021             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
8022             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
8023           }
8024 
8025           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
8026             << Name << RemoveRange
8027             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
8028             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
8029         }
8030       }
8031     }
8032     else {
8033       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
8034       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
8035       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
8036         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
8037         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
8038     }
8039 
8040     if (Invalid) {
8041       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8042       if (FunctionTemplate)
8043         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8044     }
8045 
8046     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
8047     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
8048     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
8049     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
8050     //
8051     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8052       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
8053         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8054              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
8055       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8056         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
8057         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8058              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
8059           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8060       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8061         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
8062         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
8063         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
8064              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
8065           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
8066       } else {
8067         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
8068         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
8069       }
8070 
8071       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8072           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
8073         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
8074     }
8075 
8076     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
8077         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
8078          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
8079         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8080       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
8081       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
8082       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
8083       // thing to do.
8084       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
8085       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
8086       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
8087           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8088       QualType Result =
8089           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
8090       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
8091                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
8092     }
8093 
8094     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
8095     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
8096     //  declaration.
8097     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8098       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8099         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
8100         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8101              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
8102           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
8103       }
8104     }
8105 
8106     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
8107     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
8108     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
8109     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
8110     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8111       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
8112         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
8113         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8114              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
8115           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8116       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
8117                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
8118         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
8119         // or conversion function.
8120         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
8121              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
8122           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
8123       }
8124     }
8125 
8126     if (isConstexpr) {
8127       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
8128       // are implicitly inline.
8129       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8130 
8131       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
8132       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
8133       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
8134       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
8135         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
8136     }
8137 
8138     if (isConcept) {
8139       // This is a function concept.
8140       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8141         FTD->setConcept();
8142 
8143       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8144       // applied only to the definition of a function template [...]
8145       if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8146         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8147              diag::err_function_concept_not_defined);
8148         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8149       }
8150 
8151       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall
8152       // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified
8153       // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...]
8154       if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8155         if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
8156           SourceRange Range;
8157           if (D.isFunctionDeclarator())
8158             Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange();
8159           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec)
8160               << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range);
8161           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8162         } else {
8163           Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept);
8164         }
8165 
8166         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8167         // following restrictions:
8168         // - The declared return type shall have the type bool.
8169         if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) {
8170           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret);
8171           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8172         }
8173 
8174         // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the
8175         // following restrictions:
8176         // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty
8177         //   parameter list.
8178         if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic())
8179           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params);
8180       }
8181 
8182       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is
8183       // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline)
8184       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8185 
8186       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not
8187       // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr
8188       // specifiers, [...]
8189       if (isInline) {
8190         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8191              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8192             << 1 << 1;
8193         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8194       }
8195 
8196       if (isFriend) {
8197         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(),
8198              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8199             << 1 << 2;
8200         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8201       }
8202 
8203       if (isConstexpr) {
8204         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8205              diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers)
8206             << 1 << 3;
8207         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8208       }
8209 
8210       // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be
8211       // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable
8212       // template, declared in namespace scope.
8213       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8214         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(),
8215              diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1;
8216         NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8217         return NewFD;
8218       }
8219     }
8220 
8221     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
8222     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8223       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8224         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
8225           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
8226         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
8227           << 0
8228           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
8229       } else {
8230         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
8231         if (FunctionTemplate)
8232           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
8233       }
8234     }
8235 
8236     if (isFriend) {
8237       if (FunctionTemplate) {
8238         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8239         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
8240       }
8241       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
8242       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8243     }
8244 
8245     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
8246     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
8247     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
8248     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
8249       case FDK_Declaration:
8250       case FDK_Definition:
8251         break;
8252 
8253       case FDK_Defaulted:
8254         NewFD->setDefaulted();
8255         break;
8256 
8257       case FDK_Deleted:
8258         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
8259         break;
8260     }
8261 
8262     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
8263         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8264       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
8265       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
8266       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
8267       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8268     }
8269 
8270     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
8271         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
8272       // C++ [class.static]p1:
8273       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
8274       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
8275       //   the class.
8276 
8277       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
8278       // member function definition.
8279       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8280            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
8281         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8282     }
8283 
8284     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
8285     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
8286     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
8287     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8288     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
8289          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
8290         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
8291       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
8292           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
8293           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
8294   }
8295 
8296   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
8297   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
8298                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
8299                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
8300                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
8301 
8302   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
8303   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
8304     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
8305     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
8306     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
8307                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
8308   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
8309     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
8310       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
8311     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
8312       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
8313         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
8314         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
8315       } else
8316         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
8317             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
8318     }
8319   }
8320 
8321   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
8322   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
8323   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
8324   unsigned FTIIdx;
8325   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
8326     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
8327 
8328     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
8329     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
8330     // single void argument.
8331     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
8332     // already checks for that case.
8333     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
8334       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
8335         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
8336         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
8337         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8338         Params.push_back(Param);
8339 
8340         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
8341           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8342       }
8343     }
8344 
8345     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8346       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
8347       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
8348       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
8349       // the TU.
8350       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
8351           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
8352       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
8353         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
8354 
8355         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
8356         // instead.
8357         if (!TD) {
8358           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
8359             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
8360         }
8361         if (!TD)
8362           continue;
8363         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
8364         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
8365           continue;
8366         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
8367         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
8368         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
8369 
8370         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
8371         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
8372         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
8373         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
8374         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
8375         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
8376           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
8377       }
8378     }
8379   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8380     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
8381     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
8382     // parameters for use in the declaration.
8383     //
8384     // @code
8385     // typedef void fn(int);
8386     // fn f;
8387     // @endcode
8388 
8389     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
8390     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
8391       ParmVarDecl *Param =
8392           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
8393       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
8394       Params.push_back(Param);
8395     }
8396   } else {
8397     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
8398            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
8399   }
8400 
8401   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
8402   NewFD->setParams(Params);
8403 
8404   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
8405     NewFD->addAttr(
8406         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
8407                                        Context, 0));
8408 
8409   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
8410   // because all functions have linkage.
8411   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8412       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
8413     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
8414     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8415   }
8416 
8417   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
8418   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8419       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
8420     NewFD->addAttr(
8421         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
8422                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8423                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
8424     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
8425                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
8426                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
8427                      NewFD))
8428       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
8429   }
8430 
8431   // Handle attributes.
8432   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
8433 
8434   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8435     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
8436     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
8437     unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
8438     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
8439         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
8440         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
8441       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8442            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
8443       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8444     }
8445   }
8446 
8447   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8448     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8449     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
8450     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8451       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8452 
8453     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8454       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8455 
8456     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8457       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8458                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
8459     else if (!Previous.empty())
8460       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8461       D.setRedeclaration(true);
8462     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8463             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8464            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8465 
8466     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
8467     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
8468     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
8469     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
8470     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8471       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
8472       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
8473         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
8474         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
8475         int DiagID =
8476             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
8477         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
8478             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
8479       }
8480     }
8481   } else {
8482     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
8483     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
8484     //
8485     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
8486     //
8487     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
8488     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
8489     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
8490         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
8491         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8492       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
8493            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
8494         << NewFD->getDeclName();
8495 
8496     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
8497     // argument list into our AST format.
8498     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
8499       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
8500       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
8501       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8502       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
8503                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
8504       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
8505                                  TemplateArgs);
8506 
8507       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8508 
8509       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8510         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8511       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
8512         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
8513         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
8514           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
8515 
8516         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8517       } else {
8518         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
8519                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
8520                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
8521         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
8522         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
8523       }
8524     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8525       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
8526       // wrote something like:
8527       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
8528       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
8529       //   friend void foo<>(int);
8530       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
8531       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
8532       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8533       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8534     }
8535 
8536     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
8537     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
8538     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
8539     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
8540     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
8541     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
8542     if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
8543       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
8544 
8545     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
8546     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
8547     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
8548     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
8549     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
8550     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
8551         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
8552          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
8553             TemplateArgs,
8554             InstantiationDependent))) {
8555       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
8556              "friend function specialization without template args");
8557       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
8558                                                        Previous))
8559         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8560     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
8561       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
8562           && !isFriend) {
8563         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
8564         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
8565           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
8566           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
8567           << NewFD->getDeclName();
8568       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
8569                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
8570                                                            : nullptr),
8571                                                      Previous))
8572         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8573 
8574       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
8575       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
8576       //   specialization (14.7.3)
8577       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
8578           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
8579       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
8580         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
8581           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8582                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
8583             << SC
8584             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8585                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8586 
8587         else
8588           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8589                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
8590             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
8591                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8592       }
8593     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
8594       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
8595           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8596     }
8597 
8598     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
8599     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8600       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
8601         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
8602 
8603       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
8604         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
8605 
8606       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8607         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
8608                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
8609       else if (!Previous.empty())
8610         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
8611         D.setRedeclaration(true);
8612     }
8613 
8614     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
8615             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
8616            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
8617 
8618     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
8619                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
8620                                 : NewFD);
8621 
8622     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
8623       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
8624       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8625         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
8626 
8627       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
8628       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
8629     }
8630 
8631     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
8632         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
8633       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
8634 
8635     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
8636     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
8637     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8638       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
8639                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
8640       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
8641                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
8642                                     : nullptr,
8643                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
8644                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
8645                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
8646                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
8647                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
8648                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
8649                                  DC->isDependentContext())
8650                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
8651                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
8652     }
8653 
8654     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8655       // Ignore all the rest of this.
8656     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
8657       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
8658                                        AddToScope };
8659       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
8660       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
8661         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
8662 
8663       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
8664       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8665         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
8666         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
8667 
8668         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
8669         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
8670         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
8671         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
8672         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
8673         // can actually do this check immediately.
8674         if (isFriend &&
8675             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
8676              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
8677              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
8678           // ignore these
8679         } else {
8680           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
8681           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
8682           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
8683           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
8684           //
8685           // class X {
8686           //   void f() const;
8687           // };
8688           //
8689           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
8690           //
8691           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
8692           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
8693           // whether the parameter types are references).
8694 
8695           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8696                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
8697             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8698             return Result;
8699           }
8700         }
8701 
8702         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
8703         // to something.
8704       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
8705         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8706                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
8707           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
8708           return Result;
8709         }
8710       }
8711     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
8712                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
8713                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
8714                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
8715       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
8716       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
8717       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
8718       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
8719       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
8720       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
8721       // generate them.
8722       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
8723         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8724     }
8725   }
8726 
8727   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
8728   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
8729 
8730   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
8731 
8732   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
8733       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8734     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
8735          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
8736       << NewFD;
8737 
8738     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
8739     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
8740     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
8741         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
8742     EPI.Variadic = true;
8743     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
8744 
8745     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
8746     NewFD->setType(R);
8747   }
8748 
8749   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8750   // member, set the visibility of this function.
8751   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
8752     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
8753 
8754   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
8755   // marking the function.
8756   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
8757 
8758   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
8759   // a pragma.
8760   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
8761     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
8762 
8763   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
8764   // the map of such variables.
8765   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8766       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
8767     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
8768 
8769   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
8770   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
8771 
8772   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
8773     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
8774         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
8775         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
8776         D.isFunctionDefinition());
8777   }
8778 
8779   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
8780     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
8781     if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8782         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
8783       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
8784         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
8785 
8786       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
8787     }
8788 
8789     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
8790     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
8791     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
8792     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
8793         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
8794          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
8795         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
8796           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
8797       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
8798     }
8799   }
8800 
8801   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8802     if (FunctionTemplate) {
8803       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
8804         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
8805       return FunctionTemplate;
8806     }
8807   }
8808 
8809   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
8810     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
8811     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
8812         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
8813       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
8814       D.setInvalidType();
8815     }
8816 
8817     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
8818     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
8819       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8820       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
8821           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
8822                                 : FixItHint());
8823       D.setInvalidType();
8824     }
8825 
8826     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
8827     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
8828       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
8829   }
8830   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
8831     QualType PT = Param->getType();
8832 
8833     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
8834     // types.
8835     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) {
8836       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
8837         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
8838           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
8839             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
8840             D.setInvalidType();
8841           }
8842       }
8843     }
8844   }
8845 
8846   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
8847 
8848   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
8849   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
8850   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
8851   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
8852     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
8853                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
8854                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
8855                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
8856                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
8857     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
8858     AddToScope = false;
8859   }
8860 
8861   return NewFD;
8862 }
8863 
8864 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
8865 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
8866 ///
8867 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
8868 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
8869 ///                 same declaration name.
8870 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
8871 ///          belongs to.
8872 ///
8873 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
8874   // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for
8875   // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in
8876   // namespace scope.
8877   //
8878   // This allows to compile code like:
8879   //
8880   //       void func();
8881   //       template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } };
8882   //       template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } };
8883   //
8884   // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated.
8885   return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8886            D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
8887            D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None);
8888 }
8889 
8890 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
8891 ///
8892 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
8893 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
8894 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
8895 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
8896 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
8897 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
8898 /// via InstantiateDecl).
8899 ///
8900 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
8901 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
8902 ///
8903 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
8904 ///
8905 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
8906 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8907                                     LookupResult &Previous,
8908                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
8909   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
8910          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
8911 
8912   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
8913   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
8914   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
8915   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8916                                !Previous.isShadowed();
8917 
8918   bool Redeclaration = false;
8919   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
8920 
8921   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
8922   // the same name, if appropriate.
8923   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8924     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
8925     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
8926     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
8927     // function to the scope.
8928     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
8929       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8930       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
8931         Redeclaration = true;
8932         OldDecl = Candidate;
8933       }
8934     } else {
8935       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
8936                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
8937       case Ovl_Match:
8938         Redeclaration = true;
8939         break;
8940 
8941       case Ovl_NonFunction:
8942         Redeclaration = true;
8943         break;
8944 
8945       case Ovl_Overload:
8946         Redeclaration = false;
8947         break;
8948       }
8949 
8950       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8951         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
8952         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
8953         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8954           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8955         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
8956         if (Redeclaration)
8957           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
8958         else if (!Previous.empty())
8959           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
8960         if (OverloadedDecl)
8961           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
8962                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8963         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8964       }
8965     }
8966   }
8967 
8968   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
8969   if (!Redeclaration &&
8970       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
8971     if (!Previous.empty()) {
8972       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
8973       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
8974       Redeclaration = true;
8975       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
8976       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
8977 
8978       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
8979       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8980         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
8981           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
8982             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
8983           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
8984                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
8985           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
8986         }
8987         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
8988           Redeclaration = false;
8989           OldDecl = nullptr;
8990         }
8991       }
8992     }
8993   }
8994 
8995   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
8996   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
8997   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
8998   //
8999   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
9000   // definition of a static member function.
9001   //
9002   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
9003   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
9004   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
9005   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
9006       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
9007       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
9008     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
9009     if (OldDecl)
9010       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
9011     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
9012       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9013         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9014       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
9015       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
9016       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
9017                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
9018 
9019       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
9020       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
9021       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9022         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
9023         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
9024                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
9025           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
9026 
9027         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
9028           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
9029       }
9030     }
9031   }
9032 
9033   if (Redeclaration) {
9034     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
9035     // merged.
9036     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
9037       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9038       return Redeclaration;
9039     }
9040 
9041     Previous.clear();
9042     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
9043 
9044     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
9045                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
9046       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
9047       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
9048         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
9049       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
9050       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
9051             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
9052         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9053         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
9054       }
9055 
9056       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
9057       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
9058       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
9059           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
9060         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
9061         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
9062         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
9063         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
9064         if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) {
9065           FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl =
9066               OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
9067           assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl);
9068           OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
9069         }
9070       }
9071 
9072     } else {
9073       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
9074         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
9075         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
9076         if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
9077           NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
9078       }
9079     }
9080   }
9081 
9082   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
9083 
9084   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9085     // C++-specific checks.
9086     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9087       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
9088     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
9089                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
9090       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
9091       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
9092 
9093       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
9094       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
9095       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
9096         DeclarationName Name
9097           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
9098                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
9099         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
9100           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
9101           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9102           return Redeclaration;
9103         }
9104       }
9105     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
9106                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9107       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
9108     }
9109 
9110     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
9111     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9112       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
9113           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
9114           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
9115         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
9116           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
9117           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9118             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
9119           }
9120         }
9121       }
9122 
9123       if (Method->isStatic())
9124         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
9125     }
9126 
9127     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
9128     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
9129         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9130       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9131       return Redeclaration;
9132     }
9133 
9134     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
9135     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
9136         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
9137       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9138       return Redeclaration;
9139     }
9140 
9141     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
9142     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
9143     // during delayed parsing anyway.
9144     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
9145       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
9146 
9147     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
9148     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
9149     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
9150       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9151       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
9152       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9153       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
9154       // specification, that's OK.
9155       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
9156       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
9157       if (!T.isNull() &&
9158           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
9159                                                             NewFD->getType()))
9160         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
9161         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
9162         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
9163     }
9164 
9165     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
9166     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
9167     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
9168     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
9169     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
9170       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
9171       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
9172         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
9173             << NewFD << R;
9174       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
9175                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9176         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
9177     }
9178 
9179     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
9180     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
9181     //   [is] part of the function type
9182     //
9183     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
9184     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
9185     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
9186     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
9187     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
9188     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
9189       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
9190         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
9191         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
9192         // restricted prior to C++17.
9193         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
9194           T = RT->getPointeeType();
9195         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
9196           T = T->getPointeeType();
9197         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
9198           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
9199         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9200           if (FPT->isNothrow(Context))
9201             return true;
9202         return false;
9203       };
9204 
9205       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9206       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
9207       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
9208         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
9209       if (AnyNoexcept)
9210         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9211              diag::warn_cxx1z_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
9212             << NewFD;
9213     }
9214 
9215     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
9216       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
9217   }
9218   return Redeclaration;
9219 }
9220 
9221 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
9222   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
9223   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
9224   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
9225   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
9226   //   appear in a declaration of main.
9227   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
9228   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
9229   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
9230     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
9231          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
9232       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9233   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
9234     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
9235       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
9236   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
9237     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
9238     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
9239     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
9240     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
9241       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
9242   }
9243   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
9244     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
9245       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
9246     FD->setConstexpr(false);
9247   }
9248 
9249   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9250     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
9251         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
9252     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9253     return;
9254   }
9255 
9256   QualType T = FD->getType();
9257   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9258   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9259 
9260   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9261     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
9262     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
9263     // implicit-return-zero rule.
9264 
9265     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
9266     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9267       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9268     else {
9269       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
9270       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9271       if (RTRange.isValid())
9272         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
9273             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
9274     }
9275   } else {
9276     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
9277     // set the flag which tells us that.
9278     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
9279 
9280     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
9281     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
9282       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9283     else {
9284       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
9285       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9286       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
9287           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
9288                                 : FixItHint());
9289       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9290     }
9291   }
9292 
9293   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
9294   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
9295 
9296   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
9297   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
9298   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
9299 
9300   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
9301 
9302   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
9303     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
9304     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
9305     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
9306   }
9307 
9308   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
9309   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
9310   // getting shifty.
9311   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
9312     HasExtraParameters = false;
9313 
9314   if (HasExtraParameters) {
9315     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
9316     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9317     nparams = 3;
9318   }
9319 
9320   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
9321   // if we had some location information about types.
9322 
9323   QualType CharPP =
9324     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
9325   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
9326 
9327   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
9328     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
9329 
9330     bool mismatch = true;
9331 
9332     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
9333       mismatch = false;
9334     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
9335       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
9336       //   char const **
9337       //   char const * const *
9338       //   char * const *
9339 
9340       QualifierCollector qs;
9341       const PointerType* PT;
9342       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9343           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
9344           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
9345                               Context.CharTy)) {
9346         qs.removeConst();
9347         mismatch = !qs.empty();
9348       }
9349     }
9350 
9351     if (mismatch) {
9352       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
9353       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
9354       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
9355     }
9356   }
9357 
9358   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9359     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
9360   }
9361 
9362   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9363     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9364     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9365   }
9366 }
9367 
9368 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9369   QualType T = FD->getType();
9370   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
9371   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
9372 
9373   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
9374   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
9375   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
9376       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
9377       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
9378     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
9379     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
9380       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
9381 
9382   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9383     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
9384     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9385   }
9386 }
9387 
9388 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
9389   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
9390   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
9391   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
9392   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
9393   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
9394   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
9395   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
9396   // rules there don't matter.)
9397   const Expr *Culprit;
9398   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
9399     return false;
9400   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
9401     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9402   return true;
9403 }
9404 
9405 namespace {
9406   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
9407   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
9408   class SelfReferenceChecker
9409       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
9410     Sema &S;
9411     Decl *OrigDecl;
9412     bool isRecordType;
9413     bool isPODType;
9414     bool isReferenceType;
9415 
9416     bool isInitList;
9417     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
9418 
9419   public:
9420     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
9421 
9422     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
9423                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
9424       isPODType = false;
9425       isRecordType = false;
9426       isReferenceType = false;
9427       isInitList = false;
9428       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
9429         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
9430         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
9431         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
9432       }
9433     }
9434 
9435     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
9436     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
9437     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
9438     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
9439       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
9440       if (!InitList) {
9441         Visit(E);
9442         return;
9443       }
9444 
9445       // Track and increment the index here.
9446       isInitList = true;
9447       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
9448       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
9449         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
9450         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
9451       }
9452       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
9453     }
9454 
9455     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
9456     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
9457     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
9458       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
9459       Expr *Base = E;
9460       bool ReferenceField = false;
9461 
9462       // Get the field memebers used.
9463       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9464         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
9465         if (!FD)
9466           return false;
9467         Fields.push_back(FD);
9468         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
9469           ReferenceField = true;
9470         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9471       }
9472 
9473       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
9474       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
9475       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
9476         return false;
9477 
9478       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
9479       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
9480         return true;
9481 
9482       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
9483       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
9484       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
9485         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
9486 
9487       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
9488       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
9489       // initialized, then the use is safe.
9490       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
9491                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
9492                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
9493                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
9494            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
9495         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
9496           return true;
9497         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
9498           break;
9499       }
9500 
9501       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
9502       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9503       return true;
9504     }
9505 
9506     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
9507     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
9508     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
9509     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
9510       E = E->IgnoreParens();
9511       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9512         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9513         return;
9514       }
9515 
9516       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9517         Visit(CO->getCond());
9518         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
9519         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
9520         return;
9521       }
9522 
9523       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
9524               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9525         Visit(BCO->getCond());
9526         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
9527         return;
9528       }
9529 
9530       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
9531         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
9532         return;
9533       }
9534 
9535       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9536         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
9537           Visit(BO->getLHS());
9538           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
9539           return;
9540         }
9541       }
9542 
9543       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9544         if (isInitList) {
9545           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
9546                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
9547             return;
9548         }
9549 
9550         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9551         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9552           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
9553           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9554             return;
9555           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9556         }
9557         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
9558           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9559         return;
9560       }
9561 
9562       Visit(E);
9563     }
9564 
9565     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
9566     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
9567     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9568       if (isReferenceType)
9569         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
9570     }
9571 
9572     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9573       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
9574         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9575         return;
9576       }
9577 
9578       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
9579     }
9580 
9581     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9582       if (isInitList) {
9583         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
9584           return;
9585       }
9586 
9587       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
9588       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
9589 
9590       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
9591       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
9592       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
9593       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
9594       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9595       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
9596         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
9597           Warn = false;
9598         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9599       }
9600 
9601       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
9602         if (Warn)
9603           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
9604         return;
9605       }
9606 
9607       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
9608       // Visit that expression.
9609       Visit(Base);
9610     }
9611 
9612     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
9613       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
9614 
9615       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
9616         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
9617 
9618       Visit(Callee);
9619       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
9620         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
9621     }
9622 
9623     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
9624       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
9625       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
9626           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
9627         if (!isPODType)
9628           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9629         return;
9630       }
9631 
9632       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
9633         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
9634         return;
9635       }
9636 
9637       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
9638     }
9639 
9640     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
9641 
9642     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9643       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
9644         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
9645         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
9646           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
9647             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
9648         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
9649           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
9650             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
9651         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
9652         return;
9653       }
9654       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9655     }
9656 
9657     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9658       // Treat std::move as a use.
9659       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
9660         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
9661           if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() &&
9662               FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
9663             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
9664             return;
9665           }
9666         }
9667       }
9668 
9669       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
9670     }
9671 
9672     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
9673       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
9674         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
9675         Visit(E->getRHS());
9676         return;
9677       }
9678 
9679       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
9680     }
9681 
9682     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
9683     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
9684     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
9685     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
9686       Visit(E->getCond());
9687       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
9688     }
9689 
9690     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
9691       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
9692       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
9693       unsigned diag;
9694       if (isReferenceType) {
9695         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
9696       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
9697         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
9698       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9699                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
9700                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
9701         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
9702       } else {
9703         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
9704         return;
9705       }
9706 
9707       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
9708                             S.PDiag(diag)
9709                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
9710                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
9711                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
9712     }
9713   };
9714 
9715   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
9716   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
9717                                  bool DirectInit) {
9718     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
9719     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
9720     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
9721       return;
9722 
9723     E = E->IgnoreParens();
9724 
9725     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
9726     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
9727     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
9728       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9729         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9730           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
9731             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
9732               return;
9733 
9734     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
9735   }
9736 } // end anonymous namespace
9737 
9738 namespace {
9739   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
9740   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
9741   struct VarDeclOrName {
9742     VarDecl *VDecl;
9743     DeclarationName Name;
9744 
9745     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
9746     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
9747       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
9748     }
9749   };
9750 } // end anonymous namespace
9751 
9752 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
9753                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
9754                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
9755                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
9756                                             Expr *Init) {
9757   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
9758   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
9759          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
9760 
9761   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
9762 
9763   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
9764   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
9765 
9766   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
9767     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduced_class_template_not_supported);
9768     return QualType();
9769   }
9770 
9771   ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init;
9772   if (DirectInit) {
9773     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
9774       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
9775     else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
9776       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
9777   }
9778 
9779   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
9780   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
9781     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
9782     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
9783     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9784                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
9785                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
9786         << VN << Type << Range;
9787     return QualType();
9788   }
9789 
9790   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
9791     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(),
9792          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
9793                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
9794         << VN << Type << Range;
9795     return QualType();
9796   }
9797 
9798   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
9799   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
9800     Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture
9801                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
9802                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
9803         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
9804     return QualType();
9805   }
9806 
9807   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
9808   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
9809   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
9810       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
9811     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
9812     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
9813       return QualType();
9814     }
9815     Init = Result.get();
9816     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
9817   }
9818 
9819   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
9820   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
9821   //   is present, e has type cv A
9822   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
9823       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
9824       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
9825     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
9826                                     Type.getQualifiers());
9827 
9828   QualType DeducedType;
9829   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
9830     if (!IsInitCapture)
9831       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
9832     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
9833       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
9834            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
9835           << VN
9836           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9837                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9838           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9839     else
9840       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
9841           << VN << TSI->getType()
9842           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
9843                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
9844           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
9845   }
9846 
9847   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
9848   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
9849   // checks.
9850   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
9851   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
9852   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId &&
9853       !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
9854     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9855     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
9856   }
9857 
9858   return DeducedType;
9859 }
9860 
9861 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
9862 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
9863 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
9864 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
9865   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
9866   // the initializer.
9867   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
9868     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
9869     return;
9870   }
9871 
9872   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9873     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
9874     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
9875       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
9876     Method->setInvalidDecl();
9877     return;
9878   }
9879 
9880   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
9881   if (!VDecl) {
9882     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
9883     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
9884     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9885     return;
9886   }
9887 
9888   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
9889   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9890     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
9891     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
9892     // TypoExpr.
9893     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
9894     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
9895       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9896       return;
9897     }
9898     Init = Res.get();
9899 
9900     QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
9901         VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(),
9902         VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
9903     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
9904       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9905       return;
9906     }
9907 
9908     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
9909     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
9910 
9911     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
9912     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
9913       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9914 
9915     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
9916     // the previously declared type.
9917     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
9918       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
9919       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
9920       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
9921     }
9922 
9923     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
9924     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
9925     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
9926       return;
9927   }
9928 
9929   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
9930   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
9931     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
9932     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9933     return;
9934   }
9935 
9936   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
9937     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
9938     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
9939     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9940     return;
9941   }
9942 
9943   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
9944     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
9945     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
9946     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
9947     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
9948     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
9949       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
9950     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
9951                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9952       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9953       return;
9954     }
9955 
9956     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9957     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
9958                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9959                                AbstractVariableType))
9960       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
9961   }
9962 
9963   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
9964   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
9965   // handle the situation.
9966   VarDecl *Def;
9967   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
9968       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
9969       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
9970       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
9971     return;
9972 
9973   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9974     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
9975     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
9976     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
9977     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
9978     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
9979     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
9980     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
9981     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
9982     //
9983     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
9984     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
9985     // declaration with an initializer.
9986     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
9987       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
9988           << VDecl->getDeclName();
9989       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
9990            diag::note_previous_initializer)
9991           << 0;
9992       return;
9993     }
9994 
9995     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
9996       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9997 
9998     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
9999       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10000       return;
10001     }
10002   }
10003 
10004   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
10005   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
10006   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
10007     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
10008     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10009     return;
10010   }
10011 
10012   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
10013   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
10014   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
10015 
10016   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
10017   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
10018   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
10019       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
10020     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
10021     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10022       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10023       return;
10024     }
10025     Init = Result.get();
10026   }
10027 
10028   // Perform the initialization.
10029   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
10030   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10031     // Handle errors like: int a({0})
10032     if (CXXDirectInit && CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
10033         !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(VDecl->getType()))
10034       if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0))) {
10035         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
10036             << VDecl->getType() << CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange()
10037             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart())
10038             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CXXDirectInit->getLocEnd());
10039         Init = IList;
10040         CXXDirectInit = nullptr;
10041       }
10042 
10043     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
10044     InitializationKind Kind =
10045         DirectInit
10046             ? CXXDirectInit
10047                   ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
10048                                                      Init->getLocStart(),
10049                                                      Init->getLocEnd())
10050                   : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation())
10051             : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
10052                                              Init->getLocStart());
10053 
10054     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
10055     if (CXXDirectInit)
10056       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
10057                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
10058 
10059     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
10060     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
10061       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
10062           Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
10063             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
10064             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
10065           });
10066       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
10067         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10068       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
10069         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
10070       }
10071     }
10072     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10073       return;
10074 
10075     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
10076                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
10077                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
10078     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
10079     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10080       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10081       return;
10082     }
10083 
10084     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
10085   }
10086 
10087   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
10088   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
10089   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
10090   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
10091       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
10092     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
10093   }
10094 
10095   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
10096   // completed by the initializer. For example:
10097   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
10098   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
10099   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
10100     VDecl->setType(DclT);
10101 
10102   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10103     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
10104 
10105     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
10106       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
10107 
10108     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
10109     // Although this code can still have problems:
10110     //   id x = self.weakProp;
10111     //   id y = self.weakProp;
10112     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
10113     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
10114     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
10115     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
10116         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
10117                          Init->getLocStart()))
10118       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
10119   }
10120 
10121   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
10122   //
10123   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
10124   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
10125   // full-expression. For instance, in:
10126   //
10127   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
10128   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
10129   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
10130   //
10131   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
10132   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
10133                                           false,
10134                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
10135   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
10136     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10137     return;
10138   }
10139   Init = Result.get();
10140 
10141   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
10142   VDecl->setInit(Init);
10143 
10144   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
10145     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
10146     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
10147     // C++ does not have this restriction.
10148     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
10149       const Expr *Culprit;
10150       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
10151         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10152       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
10153       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
10154       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
10155       // constant expressions.
10156       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
10157                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
10158                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
10159         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
10160              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
10161           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
10162     }
10163   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
10164              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
10165     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
10166     //
10167     // struct S {
10168     //   static const int value = 17;
10169     // };
10170 
10171     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
10172     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
10173     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
10174     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
10175     //
10176     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
10177     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
10178     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
10179     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
10180     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
10181     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
10182     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
10183     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
10184     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
10185 
10186     // Do nothing on dependent types.
10187     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
10188 
10189     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
10190     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
10191     // type.
10192     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
10193 
10194     // Require constness.
10195     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
10196       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
10197         << Init->getSourceRange();
10198       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10199 
10200     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
10201     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10202       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
10203       SourceLocation Loc;
10204       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
10205         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
10206         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
10207         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
10208       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
10209         ; // Nothing to check.
10210       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
10211         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
10212       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10213         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
10214         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
10215         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10216           << Init->getSourceRange();
10217       } else {
10218         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
10219         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
10220         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10221           << Init->getSourceRange();
10222         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10223       }
10224 
10225     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
10226     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
10227       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
10228       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
10229       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
10230         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
10231              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10232             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10233         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
10234              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
10235             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10236       } else {
10237         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
10238           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10239 
10240         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
10241           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
10242             << Init->getSourceRange();
10243           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10244         }
10245       }
10246 
10247     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
10248     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
10249       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
10250         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
10251         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
10252       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
10253 
10254     } else {
10255       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
10256         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
10257       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10258     }
10259   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
10260     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
10261     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
10262     // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
10263     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
10264     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
10265     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
10266     // C++ rules.
10267     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
10268         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
10269          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
10270         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
10271         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
10272       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
10273 
10274     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
10275     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10276       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
10277   }
10278 
10279   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
10280   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
10281   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
10282   //
10283   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
10284   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
10285   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
10286   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
10287   // special case code.
10288 
10289   // C++ 8.5p11:
10290   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
10291   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
10292   // class type.
10293   if (CXXDirectInit) {
10294     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
10295     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10296   } else if (DirectInit) {
10297     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
10298     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
10299   }
10300 
10301   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
10302 }
10303 
10304 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
10305 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
10306 /// of sanity.
10307 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
10308   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
10309   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
10310   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10311 
10312   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10313   if (!VD) return;
10314 
10315   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10316   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
10317     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
10318       BD->setInvalidDecl();
10319 
10320   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
10321   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
10322     D->setInvalidDecl();
10323     return;
10324   }
10325 
10326   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
10327   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
10328 
10329   // Require a complete type.
10330   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
10331                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
10332                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10333     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10334     return;
10335   }
10336 
10337   // Require a non-abstract type.
10338   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
10339                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10340                              AbstractVariableType)) {
10341     VD->setInvalidDecl();
10342     return;
10343   }
10344 
10345   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
10346   // though.
10347 }
10348 
10349 /// Checks if an object of the given type can be initialized with parenthesized
10350 /// init-list.
10351 ///
10352 /// \param TargetType Type of object being initialized.
10353 ///
10354 /// The function is used to detect wrong initializations, such as 'int({0})'.
10355 ///
10356 bool Sema::canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(QualType TargetType) {
10357   return TargetType->isDependentType() || TargetType->isRecordType() ||
10358          TargetType->getContainedAutoType();
10359 }
10360 
10361 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
10362   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
10363   if (!RealDecl)
10364     return;
10365 
10366   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10367     QualType Type = Var->getType();
10368 
10369     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
10370     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
10371       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
10372       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10373       return;
10374     }
10375 
10376     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
10377     if (Type->isUndeducedType()) {
10378       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
10379         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
10380       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10381       return;
10382     }
10383 
10384     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
10385     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
10386     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
10387     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
10388     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
10389     // member.
10390     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10391         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
10392       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
10393         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
10394         // a definition there.
10395         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) {
10396           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10397                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
10398             << Var->getDeclName();
10399           Var->setInvalidDecl();
10400           return;
10401         }
10402       } else {
10403         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
10404         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10405         return;
10406       }
10407     }
10408 
10409     // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...]  A variable template
10410     // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A
10411     // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer.
10412     if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
10413       if (VTD->isConcept()) {
10414         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized);
10415         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10416         return;
10417       }
10418     }
10419 
10420     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
10421     // be initialized.
10422     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10423         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
10424         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
10425       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
10426       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10427       return;
10428     }
10429 
10430     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
10431     case VarDecl::Definition:
10432       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
10433         break;
10434 
10435       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
10436       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
10437       // a declaration.
10438       //
10439       // Fall through
10440 
10441     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
10442       // It's only a declaration.
10443 
10444       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
10445       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
10446       // object shall be complete.
10447       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
10448           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10449           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10450                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
10451         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10452 
10453       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
10454       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10455           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10456                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10457                                  AbstractVariableType))
10458         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10459       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
10460           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
10461         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
10462         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
10463       }
10464 
10465       return;
10466 
10467     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
10468       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
10469       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
10470       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
10471       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
10472       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
10473       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
10474         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
10475                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
10476           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10477                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
10478                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
10479             Var->setInvalidDecl();
10480         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
10481           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
10482           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
10483           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
10484           // NOTE: code such as the following
10485           //     static struct s;
10486           //     struct s { int a; };
10487           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
10488           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
10489           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
10490           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
10491             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10492                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
10493         }
10494       }
10495 
10496       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
10497       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
10498         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
10499       return;
10500     }
10501 
10502     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10503     // definitions with incomplete array type.
10504     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
10505       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
10506            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
10507       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10508       return;
10509     }
10510 
10511     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
10512     // definitions with reference type.
10513     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
10514       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
10515         << Var->getDeclName()
10516         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
10517       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10518       return;
10519     }
10520 
10521     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
10522     // variable with dependent type.
10523     if (Type->isDependentType())
10524       return;
10525 
10526     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
10527       return;
10528 
10529     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
10530       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
10531                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
10532                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
10533         Var->setInvalidDecl();
10534         return;
10535       }
10536     } else {
10537       return;
10538     }
10539 
10540     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
10541     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
10542                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10543                                AbstractVariableType)) {
10544       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10545       return;
10546     }
10547 
10548     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
10549     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
10550     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
10551     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
10552     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
10553     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
10554     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
10555     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
10556     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
10557     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
10558     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10559       if (const RecordType *Record
10560             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10561         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
10562         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
10563         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
10564         // incompatibilities with C++98.
10565         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
10566           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10567       }
10568     }
10569 
10570     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
10571     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
10572     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
10573     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
10574     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
10575     //   type shall have a user-declared default
10576     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
10577     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
10578     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
10579     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
10580     //   program is ill-formed.
10581     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
10582     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
10583     //   default-initialized; [...].
10584     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
10585     InitializationKind Kind
10586       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
10587 
10588     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10589     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
10590     if (Init.isInvalid())
10591       Var->setInvalidDecl();
10592     else if (Init.get()) {
10593       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
10594       // This is important for template substitution.
10595       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
10596     }
10597 
10598     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
10599   }
10600 }
10601 
10602 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
10603   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
10604   if (!D)
10605     return;
10606 
10607   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
10608   if (!VD) {
10609     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
10610     D->setInvalidDecl();
10611     return;
10612   }
10613 
10614   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10615 
10616   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
10617   int Error = -1;
10618   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
10619   case SC_None:
10620     break;
10621   case SC_Extern:
10622     Error = 0;
10623     break;
10624   case SC_Static:
10625     Error = 1;
10626     break;
10627   case SC_PrivateExtern:
10628     Error = 2;
10629     break;
10630   case SC_Auto:
10631     Error = 3;
10632     break;
10633   case SC_Register:
10634     Error = 4;
10635     break;
10636   }
10637   if (Error != -1) {
10638     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
10639       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
10640     D->setInvalidDecl();
10641   }
10642 }
10643 
10644 StmtResult
10645 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
10646                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
10647                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
10648                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
10649   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
10650   //   A range-based for statement of the form
10651   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10652   //   is equivalent to
10653   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
10654   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10655 
10656   const char *PrevSpec;
10657   unsigned DiagID;
10658   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
10659                      getPrintingPolicy());
10660 
10661   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
10662   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
10663   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
10664 
10665   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
10666   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
10667                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
10668   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
10669   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
10670   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
10671   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
10672                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
10673 }
10674 
10675 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
10676   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
10677 
10678   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10679     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
10680     // initialiser
10681     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
10682         !var->hasInit()) {
10683       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
10684           << 1 /*Init*/;
10685       var->setInvalidDecl();
10686       return;
10687     }
10688   }
10689 
10690   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
10691   // local retaining variable.
10692   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10693       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
10694     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
10695     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
10696     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
10697     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
10698       break;
10699 
10700     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
10701     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
10702       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
10703       break;
10704     }
10705   }
10706 
10707   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
10708   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
10709   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
10710   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
10711   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
10712   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10713       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
10714       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
10715       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
10716                                   var->getLocation())) {
10717     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
10718     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
10719     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
10720       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
10721 
10722     if (!prev)
10723       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
10724   }
10725 
10726   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
10727   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
10728   const Expr *CacheCulprit;
10729   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
10730     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
10731       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10732             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
10733     return *CacheHasConstInit;
10734   };
10735 
10736   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
10737     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
10738       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
10739       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
10740       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
10741       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
10742       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10743         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10744     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
10745       if (!checkConstInit()) {
10746         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
10747         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
10748         //   initialization.
10749         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
10750         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
10751           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
10752         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
10753           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
10754       }
10755     }
10756   }
10757 
10758   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
10759   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
10760   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
10761       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10762     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
10763     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
10764     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
10765       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
10766     else if (!var->getInit()) {
10767       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
10768       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10769     } else {
10770       Stack = &DataSegStack;
10771       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
10772     }
10773     if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
10774       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
10775           Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
10776           Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
10777     }
10778     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
10779       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
10780         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
10781 
10782     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
10783     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
10784     // attribute.
10785     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
10786       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
10787                                                CurInitSegLoc));
10788   }
10789 
10790   // All the following checks are C++ only.
10791   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10792       // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
10793       // current module.
10794      if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10795        Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10796      return;
10797   }
10798 
10799   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
10800     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
10801 
10802   QualType type = var->getType();
10803   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
10804 
10805   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
10806   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
10807     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
10808     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
10809 
10810     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
10811     // constructing this copy.
10812     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
10813       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
10814       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
10815       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
10816       ExprResult result
10817         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
10818             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
10819             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
10820       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
10821         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
10822         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
10823         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
10824       }
10825     }
10826   }
10827 
10828   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
10829   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
10830   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
10831 
10832   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
10833       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
10834 
10835     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
10836       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
10837       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
10838         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
10839         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
10840         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
10841         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
10842               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
10843           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
10844           Notes.clear();
10845         }
10846         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
10847           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
10848         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
10849           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
10850       }
10851     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
10852       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
10853       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
10854       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
10855       var->checkInitIsICE();
10856     }
10857 
10858     // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they
10859     // were just diagnosed.
10860     if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage &&
10861             var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) {
10862       // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here.
10863       bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
10864           ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit();
10865       if (DiagErr) {
10866         auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>();
10867         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
10868           << Init->getSourceRange();
10869         Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
10870           << attr->getRange();
10871       }
10872     }
10873     else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal &&
10874              !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
10875                                     var->getLocation())) {
10876       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
10877       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
10878       // warned about them.
10879       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
10880       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
10881         if (!checkConstInit())
10882           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
10883             << Init->getSourceRange();
10884       }
10885     }
10886   }
10887 
10888   // Require the destructor.
10889   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
10890     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
10891 
10892   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
10893   // module.
10894   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
10895     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
10896 }
10897 
10898 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
10899 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
10900   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
10901     return true;
10902   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
10903     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
10904       return true;
10905   return false;
10906 }
10907 
10908 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
10909 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
10910 void
10911 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
10912   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
10913   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
10914 
10915   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
10916   if (!VD)
10917     return;
10918 
10919   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
10920     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
10921       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
10922     }
10923   }
10924 
10925   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
10926 
10927   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
10928   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
10929   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
10930   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
10931     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
10932     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
10933     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) {
10934       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
10935       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
10936         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
10937           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
10938           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
10939       }
10940     }
10941   }
10942 
10943   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
10944     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
10945             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
10946       // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
10947       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
10948         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
10949         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
10950         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
10951       }
10952       // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__
10953       // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with
10954       // static storage class.
10955       if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() &&
10956           CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(),
10957                                diag::err_device_static_local_var)
10958               << CurrentCUDATarget())
10959         VD->setInvalidDecl();
10960     }
10961   }
10962 
10963   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
10964   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
10965   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
10966   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
10967   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
10968   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
10969     const Expr *Init = VD->getInit();
10970     if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) {
10971       if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() ||
10972           VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) {
10973         assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>());
10974         bool AllowedInit = false;
10975         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
10976           AllowedInit =
10977               isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor());
10978         // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty
10979         // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC,
10980         // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors.
10981         if (!AllowedInit &&
10982             (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>()))
10983           AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
10984               Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType());
10985 
10986         // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty.
10987         if (AllowedInit)
10988           if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
10989             AllowedInit =
10990                 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor());
10991 
10992         if (!AllowedInit) {
10993           Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()
10994                                       ? diag::err_shared_var_init
10995                                       : diag::err_dynamic_var_init)
10996               << Init->getSourceRange();
10997           VD->setInvalidDecl();
10998         }
10999       } else {
11000         // This is a host-side global variable.  Check that the initializer is
11001         // callable from the host side.
11002         const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr;
11003         if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
11004           InitFn = CE->getConstructor();
11005         } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) {
11006           InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee();
11007         }
11008         if (InitFn) {
11009           CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn);
11010           if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) {
11011             Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer)
11012                 << InitFnTarget << InitFn;
11013             Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn;
11014             VD->setInvalidDecl();
11015           }
11016         }
11017       }
11018     }
11019   }
11020 
11021   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
11022   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
11023 
11024   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
11025   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
11026     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
11027         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11028       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
11029       // with a warning.
11030       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
11031         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
11032       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
11033           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
11034           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
11035 
11036       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
11037            IsClassTemplateMember
11038                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
11039                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
11040       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
11041       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
11042         VD->setInvalidDecl();
11043     }
11044   }
11045 
11046   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
11047   // isn't exported with the variable.
11048   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
11049     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
11050     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
11051       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
11052       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
11053       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
11054       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
11055     } else {
11056       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
11057                                                                     << DLLAttr;
11058       VD->setInvalidDecl();
11059     }
11060   }
11061 
11062   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
11063     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
11064       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
11065       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
11066     }
11067   }
11068 
11069   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
11070   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
11071   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
11072   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
11073     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
11074 
11075   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
11076   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
11077       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
11078     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
11079 
11080   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
11081   // tag values.
11082   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
11083       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
11084     return;
11085 
11086   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
11087     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
11088     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
11089       continue;
11090     }
11091     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
11092     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
11093       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11094            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
11095         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11096       continue;
11097     }
11098     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
11099       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
11100            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
11101         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
11102       continue;
11103     }
11104     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
11105     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
11106                                MagicValue,
11107                                I->getMatchingCType(),
11108                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
11109                                I->getMustBeNull());
11110   }
11111 }
11112 
11113 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
11114   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
11115   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
11116 }
11117 
11118 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
11119                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11120   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
11121 
11122   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
11123     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
11124 
11125   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11126   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
11127   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
11128   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
11129   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
11130 
11131   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11132     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
11133       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
11134       // to perform.
11135       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
11136         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
11137           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
11138         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
11139           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
11140         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.containsPlaceholderType() &&
11141             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
11142           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
11143 
11144         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
11145           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
11146           // declaration in the same group.
11147           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
11148             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
11149                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
11150                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11151                 << DD->getSourceRange();
11152             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
11153           }
11154 
11155           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
11156           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
11157           // declarator in the same group.
11158           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
11159             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
11160                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
11161                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
11162                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
11163                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
11164                 << DD->getSourceRange();
11165             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
11166           }
11167         }
11168       }
11169 
11170       Decls.push_back(D);
11171     }
11172   }
11173 
11174   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
11175     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
11176       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
11177       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11178           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11179         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
11180     }
11181   }
11182 
11183   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
11184 }
11185 
11186 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
11187 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
11188 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
11189 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11190   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
11191   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
11192   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
11193   if (Group.size() > 1) {
11194     QualType Deduced;
11195     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
11196     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11197       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
11198       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
11199         break;
11200       AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
11201       if (!AT || AT->getDeducedType().isNull())
11202         continue;
11203       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
11204         Deduced = AT->getDeducedType();
11205         DeducedDecl = D;
11206       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(AT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
11207         Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
11208              diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
11209           << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword()
11210           << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
11211           << AT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName()
11212           << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
11213           << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
11214         D->setInvalidDecl();
11215         break;
11216       }
11217     }
11218   }
11219 
11220   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
11221 
11222   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
11223       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
11224 }
11225 
11226 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
11227   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
11228 }
11229 
11230 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
11231   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
11232   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
11233     return;
11234 
11235   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
11236                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
11237       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
11238                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
11239     return;
11240 
11241   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
11242     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
11243     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
11244     // additional declaration references:
11245     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
11246     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
11247     //   'struct S *pS;'
11248     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
11249     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
11250     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
11251       Group = Group.slice(1);
11252     }
11253   }
11254 
11255   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
11256   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
11257   if (!Comments.empty() &&
11258       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
11259     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
11260     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
11261     //
11262     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
11263     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
11264     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
11265     // ahead through comments.
11266     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
11267       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
11268   }
11269 }
11270 
11271 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
11272 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
11273 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
11274   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
11275 
11276   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
11277 
11278   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
11279   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
11280   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
11281     SC = SC_Register;
11282   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11283              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
11284     SC = SC_Auto;
11285   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
11286     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11287          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
11288     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
11289   }
11290 
11291   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11292     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
11293       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11294   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
11295     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
11296         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
11297   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
11298     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
11299       << 0;
11300   if (DS.isConceptSpecified())
11301     Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind);
11302 
11303   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
11304 
11305   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11306   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
11307 
11308   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11309     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
11310     // parameter.
11311     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11312 
11313     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
11314     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
11315       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
11316         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
11317       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
11318     }
11319   }
11320 
11321   // Ensure we have a valid name
11322   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
11323   if (D.hasName()) {
11324     II = D.getIdentifier();
11325     if (!II) {
11326       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
11327         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
11328       D.setInvalidType(true);
11329     }
11330   }
11331 
11332   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
11333   if (II) {
11334     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
11335                    ForRedeclaration);
11336     LookupName(R, S);
11337     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
11338       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
11339       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11340         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11341         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11342         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11343         PrevDecl = nullptr;
11344       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11345         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
11346         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11347 
11348         // Recover by removing the name
11349         II = nullptr;
11350         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
11351         D.setInvalidType(true);
11352       }
11353     }
11354   }
11355 
11356   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
11357   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
11358   // looking like class members in C++.
11359   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11360                                     D.getLocStart(),
11361                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
11362                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
11363                                     SC);
11364 
11365   if (D.isInvalidType())
11366     New->setInvalidDecl();
11367 
11368   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
11369   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
11370   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
11371                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
11372 
11373   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
11374   S->AddDecl(New);
11375   if (II)
11376     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
11377 
11378   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
11379 
11380   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11381     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
11382       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
11383       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
11384       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
11385 
11386   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
11387     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
11388   }
11389   return New;
11390 }
11391 
11392 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
11393 /// typedef.
11394 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
11395                                               SourceLocation Loc,
11396                                               QualType T) {
11397   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
11398      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
11399      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
11400   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
11401                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
11402                                            SC_None, nullptr);
11403   Param->setImplicit();
11404   return Param;
11405 }
11406 
11407 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
11408   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
11409   // will already have done so in the template itself.
11410   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
11411     return;
11412 
11413   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11414     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
11415         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
11416       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
11417         << Parameter->getDeclName();
11418     }
11419   }
11420 }
11421 
11422 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
11423     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
11424   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
11425     return;
11426 
11427   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11428   // threshold.
11429   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
11430     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
11431     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11432       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
11433           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
11434   }
11435 
11436   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
11437   // threshold.
11438   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
11439     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
11440     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
11441       continue;
11442     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
11443     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
11444       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
11445           << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size;
11446   }
11447 }
11448 
11449 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
11450                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
11451                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
11452                                   StorageClass SC) {
11453   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
11454   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
11455       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
11456       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
11457 
11458     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
11459 
11460     // Special cases for arrays:
11461     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
11462     //   - otherwise, it's an error
11463     if (T->isArrayType()) {
11464       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
11465         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
11466             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
11467             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
11468       }
11469       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
11470     } else {
11471       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
11472     }
11473     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
11474   }
11475 
11476   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
11477                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
11478                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
11479 
11480   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
11481   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
11482   // the class has been completely parsed.
11483   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
11484       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11485                              AbstractParamType))
11486     New->setInvalidDecl();
11487 
11488   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
11489   // passed by reference.
11490   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
11491     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
11492         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd());
11493     Diag(NameLoc,
11494          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
11495       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
11496     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
11497     New->setType(T);
11498   }
11499 
11500   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
11501   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
11502   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
11503   // an address space.
11504   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
11505     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
11506     // to be qualified with an address space.
11507     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
11508       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
11509       New->setInvalidDecl();
11510     }
11511   }
11512 
11513   return New;
11514 }
11515 
11516 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
11517                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
11518   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
11519 
11520   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
11521   // for a K&R function.
11522   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
11523     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
11524       --i;
11525       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
11526         SmallString<256> Code;
11527         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
11528             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
11529         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
11530             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
11531             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
11532 
11533         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
11534         // type.
11535         AttributeFactory attrs;
11536         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
11537         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
11538         unsigned DiagID; // unused
11539         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
11540                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
11541         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
11542         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11543         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11544         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
11545         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
11546         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
11547       }
11548     }
11549   }
11550 }
11551 
11552 Decl *
11553 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
11554                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11555                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11556   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
11557   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
11558   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
11559 
11560   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
11561   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
11562   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
11563 }
11564 
11565 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
11566   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
11567 }
11568 
11569 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
11570                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
11571   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
11572   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
11573     return false;
11574 
11575   // Or declarations that aren't global.
11576   if (!FD->isGlobal())
11577     return false;
11578 
11579   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
11580   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
11581     return false;
11582 
11583   // Don't warn about 'main'.
11584   if (FD->isMain())
11585     return false;
11586 
11587   // Don't warn about inline functions.
11588   if (FD->isInlined())
11589     return false;
11590 
11591   // Don't warn about function templates.
11592   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11593     return false;
11594 
11595   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
11596   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
11597     return false;
11598 
11599   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
11600   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
11601     return false;
11602 
11603   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
11604   if (FD->isDeleted())
11605     return false;
11606 
11607   bool MissingPrototype = true;
11608   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
11609        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
11610     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
11611     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
11612     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
11613       continue;
11614 
11615     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
11616     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
11617       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
11618     break;
11619   }
11620 
11621   return MissingPrototype;
11622 }
11623 
11624 void
11625 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
11626                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
11627                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11628   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
11629   // was an extern inline function.
11630   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
11631   if (!Definition)
11632     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
11633       return;
11634 
11635   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
11636     return;
11637 
11638   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
11639   // a template, skip the new definition.
11640   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
11641       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
11642        Definition->isInlined() ||
11643        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
11644        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
11645     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
11646     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
11647       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation());
11648     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition),
11649                                 FD->getLocation());
11650     return;
11651   }
11652 
11653   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
11654       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
11655     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
11656         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
11657   else
11658     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
11659 
11660   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11661   FD->setInvalidDecl();
11662 }
11663 
11664 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
11665                                    Sema &S) {
11666   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
11667 
11668   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
11669   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
11670   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
11671   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
11672   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
11673 
11674   if (LCD == LCD_None)
11675     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
11676   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
11677     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
11678   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
11679     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
11680   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
11681 
11682   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
11683   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
11684 
11685   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
11686   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
11687   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
11688   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
11689     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
11690       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
11691       if (VD->isInitCapture())
11692         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
11693       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
11694       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
11695       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
11696           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
11697           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
11698                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
11699           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
11700 
11701     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
11702       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
11703                               /*Expr*/ nullptr,
11704                               C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
11705     } else {
11706       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
11707     }
11708     ++I;
11709   }
11710 }
11711 
11712 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
11713                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
11714   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
11715   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
11716 
11717   if (!D)
11718     return D;
11719   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11720 
11721   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
11722     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
11723   else
11724     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
11725 
11726   // See if this is a redefinition.
11727   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) {
11728     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
11729 
11730     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
11731     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
11732       return D;
11733   }
11734 
11735   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
11736   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
11737   // this function.
11738   FD->setWillHaveBody();
11739 
11740   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
11741   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
11742   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
11743   // LambdaScopeInfo.
11744   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
11745   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
11746   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
11747   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
11748   // have the LSI properly restored.
11749   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
11750     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
11751       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
11752       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
11753     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
11754   }
11755   else
11756     // Enter a new function scope
11757     PushFunctionScope();
11758 
11759   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
11760   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
11761     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
11762         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
11763       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
11764       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11765     }
11766   }
11767 
11768   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
11769   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
11770   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
11771   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
11772       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
11773       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
11774                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
11775     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11776 
11777   if (FnBodyScope)
11778     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
11779 
11780   // Check the validity of our function parameters
11781   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
11782                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
11783 
11784   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
11785   // scope.
11786   if (FnBodyScope) {
11787     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
11788       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
11789       if (!NonParmDecl)
11790         continue;
11791       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
11792              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
11793 
11794       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
11795       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
11796         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11797 
11798       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
11799       // accessible in this scope.
11800       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
11801         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
11802           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
11803       }
11804     }
11805   }
11806 
11807   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
11808   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
11809     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
11810 
11811     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11812     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
11813       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
11814 
11815       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
11816     }
11817   }
11818 
11819   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
11820   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11821     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
11822 
11823   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
11824   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
11825       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
11826     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
11827     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
11828     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11829     return D;
11830   }
11831   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
11832   // a function template).
11833   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
11834   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11835       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
11836       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
11837     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
11838 
11839   return D;
11840 }
11841 
11842 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
11843 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
11844 /// optimization.
11845 ///
11846 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
11847 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
11848 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
11849 /// use the named return value optimization.
11850 ///
11851 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
11852 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
11853 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
11854 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
11855   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
11856 
11857   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
11858     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
11859       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
11860         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
11861     }
11862   }
11863 }
11864 
11865 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
11866   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
11867   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
11868     return false;
11869 
11870   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
11871   // return type (yet).
11872   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
11873     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
11874     // we can still delay parsing it.
11875     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
11876       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
11877       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
11878           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
11879         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
11880         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
11881       }
11882     }
11883     return false;
11884   }
11885 
11886   return true;
11887 }
11888 
11889 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
11890   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
11891   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
11892   // rest of the file.
11893   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
11894   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
11895   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
11896     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
11897       return false;
11898   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
11899 }
11900 
11901 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
11902   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
11903     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
11904   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
11905     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
11906   return Decl;
11907 }
11908 
11909 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
11910   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
11911 }
11912 
11913 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
11914                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
11915   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
11916 
11917   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
11918   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
11919 
11920   if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty())
11921     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
11922 
11923   if (FD) {
11924     FD->setBody(Body);
11925 
11926     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
11927       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
11928           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
11929         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
11930         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
11931         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
11932         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
11933           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
11934               << FD->getReturnType();
11935           FD->setInvalidDecl();
11936         } else {
11937           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
11938           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
11939           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
11940               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
11941         }
11942       }
11943     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
11944       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
11945       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
11946       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
11947       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
11948         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
11949 
11950         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
11951         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
11952         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
11953         QualType RetType =
11954             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
11955 
11956         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
11957         const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
11958             FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11959         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
11960                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
11961       }
11962     }
11963 
11964     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
11965     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
11966     // is the first declaration.
11967     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
11968       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
11969         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11970       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
11971                !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
11972                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
11973         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
11974     }
11975 
11976     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
11977     // don't complain about missing return statements.
11978     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
11979       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
11980 
11981     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
11982     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
11983     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
11984       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
11985 
11986     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11987       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
11988       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted())
11989         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
11990       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
11991                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
11992 
11993       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
11994       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
11995         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
11996       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
11997         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
11998 
11999       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
12000       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
12001       // to deduce an implicit return type.
12002       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
12003           !FD->isDependentContext())
12004         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12005     }
12006 
12007     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
12008     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
12009     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
12010     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
12011     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
12012     const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
12013     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
12014       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
12015 
12016       if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
12017         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
12018         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
12019         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
12020                 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
12021           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12022           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
12023             Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
12024                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
12025                 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
12026                 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
12027         }
12028       }
12029 
12030       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
12031       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
12032       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
12033       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
12034       //   An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition
12035       //   of that function specifies that the function has no parameters
12036       //   (C99 6.7.5.3p14)
12037       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 &&
12038           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
12039         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
12040         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
12041         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.castAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
12042         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 1;
12043       }
12044     }
12045 
12046     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
12047       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
12048       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
12049           MD->isVirtual() &&
12050           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
12051           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
12052         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
12053         if (FD->isInlined() &&
12054             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
12055           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
12056 
12057           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
12058           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
12059           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
12060           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
12061           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
12062             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12063         } else {
12064           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
12065           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
12066         }
12067       }
12068     }
12069 
12070     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
12071            "Function parsing confused");
12072   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
12073     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
12074     MD->setBody(Body);
12075     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12076       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters());
12077       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
12078                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
12079 
12080       if (Body)
12081         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
12082     }
12083     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
12084       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
12085         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
12086       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
12087     }
12088     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
12089       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
12090       bool isDesignated =
12091           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
12092       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
12093       (void)isDesignated;
12094 
12095       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
12096         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
12097         if (!IFace)
12098           return false;
12099         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
12100         if (!SuperD)
12101           return false;
12102         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
12103             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
12104       };
12105       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
12106       // of NSObject.
12107       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
12108         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12109              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
12110         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
12111              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
12112       }
12113       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
12114     }
12115     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
12116       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
12117       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
12118         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
12119              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
12120       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
12121     }
12122   } else {
12123     return nullptr;
12124   }
12125 
12126   if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
12127     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
12128 
12129   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
12130          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
12131          "handled in the block above.");
12132 
12133   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
12134   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
12135     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
12136     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
12137     // Verify this.
12138     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
12139       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
12140 
12141     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
12142     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
12143         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
12144       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
12145 
12146     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
12147       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
12148         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
12149 
12150       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
12151                                              Destructor->getParent());
12152     }
12153 
12154     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12155     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12156     // deletion in some later function.
12157     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
12158         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
12159       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12160     }
12161     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
12162         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
12163       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
12164       // enabled.
12165       ActivePolicy = &WP;
12166     }
12167 
12168     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
12169         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
12170          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
12171       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12172 
12173     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
12174       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
12175         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
12176         // require prologue.
12177         bool RegisterVariables = false;
12178         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
12179           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
12180             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
12181               RegisterVariables =
12182                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
12183               if (!RegisterVariables)
12184                 break;
12185             }
12186           }
12187         }
12188         if (RegisterVariables)
12189           continue;
12190         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
12191           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
12192           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
12193           FD->setInvalidDecl();
12194           break;
12195         }
12196       }
12197     }
12198 
12199     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
12200                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
12201            "Leftover temporaries in function");
12202     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
12203     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
12204            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
12205   }
12206 
12207   if (!IsInstantiation)
12208     PopDeclContext();
12209 
12210   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
12211   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
12212   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
12213   // deletion in some later function.
12214   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
12215     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
12216   }
12217 
12218   return dcl;
12219 }
12220 
12221 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
12222 /// relevant Decl.
12223 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
12224                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
12225   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
12226   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
12227     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
12228   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
12229 
12230   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
12231     if (Method->isStatic())
12232       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
12233 }
12234 
12235 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
12236 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
12237 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
12238                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
12239   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
12240   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
12241   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
12242   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
12243   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
12244     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
12245     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12246     return ExternCPrev;
12247   }
12248 
12249   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
12250   unsigned diag_id;
12251   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
12252     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
12253   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
12254     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
12255   else
12256     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
12257   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
12258 
12259   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
12260   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
12261   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
12262     TypoCorrection Corrected;
12263     if (S &&
12264         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
12265              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
12266              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
12267       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
12268                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
12269   }
12270 
12271   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
12272   const char *Dummy;
12273   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
12274   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
12275   unsigned DiagID;
12276   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
12277                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
12278   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
12279   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
12280   SourceLocation NoLoc;
12281   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
12282   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
12283                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
12284                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12285                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
12286                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
12287                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
12288                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
12289                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
12290                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
12291                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12292                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12293                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12294                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
12295                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
12296                                              EST_None,
12297                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
12298                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
12299                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
12300                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
12301                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
12302                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
12303                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None,
12304                                              Loc, Loc, D),
12305                 DS.getAttributes(),
12306                 SourceLocation());
12307   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
12308 
12309   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
12310 
12311   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
12312   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
12313 
12314   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
12315   FD->setImplicit();
12316 
12317   CurContext = PrevDC;
12318 
12319   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
12320 
12321   return FD;
12322 }
12323 
12324 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
12325 /// the declaration of this function.
12326 ///
12327 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
12328 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
12329 /// like NSLog or printf.
12330 ///
12331 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
12332 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
12333 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
12334   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
12335     return;
12336 
12337   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
12338   // actual attributes.
12339   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
12340     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
12341     unsigned FormatIdx;
12342     bool HasVAListArg;
12343     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
12344       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
12345         const char *fmt = "printf";
12346         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
12347         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
12348             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
12349           fmt = "NSString";
12350         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12351                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
12352                                                FormatIdx+1,
12353                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12354                                                FD->getLocation()));
12355       }
12356     }
12357     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
12358                                              HasVAListArg)) {
12359      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12360        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12361                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
12362                                               FormatIdx+1,
12363                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
12364                                               FD->getLocation()));
12365     }
12366 
12367     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
12368     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
12369     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
12370     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
12371         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
12372       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12373         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12374     }
12375 
12376     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
12377         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
12378       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12379                                          FD->getLocation()));
12380     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
12381       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12382     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
12383       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12384     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
12385       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12386     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
12387         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
12388       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
12389       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
12390       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
12391       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
12392           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
12393         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12394       else
12395         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12396     }
12397   }
12398 
12399   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
12400   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
12401   // across.
12402   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
12403       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
12404     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
12405     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
12406       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
12407   }
12408 
12409   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
12410   if (!Name)
12411     return;
12412   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12413        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
12414       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
12415        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
12416        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
12417     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
12418     // about.
12419   } else
12420     return;
12421 
12422   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
12423     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
12424     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
12425     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
12426       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12427                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
12428                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
12429                                              FD->getLocation()));
12430   }
12431 
12432   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
12433     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
12434     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
12435     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
12436       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
12437                                                 FD->getLocation()));
12438   }
12439 }
12440 
12441 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
12442                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
12443   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
12444   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
12445 
12446   if (!TInfo) {
12447     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
12448     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
12449   }
12450 
12451   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
12452   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12453                                            D.getLocStart(),
12454                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
12455                                            D.getIdentifier(),
12456                                            TInfo);
12457 
12458   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
12459   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
12460     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
12461     return NewTD;
12462   }
12463 
12464   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
12465     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
12466       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
12467         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
12468         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
12469         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
12470     else
12471       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
12472   }
12473 
12474   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
12475   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
12476   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
12477   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
12478   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
12479   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
12480   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
12481   case TST_enum:
12482   case TST_struct:
12483   case TST_interface:
12484   case TST_union:
12485   case TST_class: {
12486     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
12487     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
12488     break;
12489   }
12490 
12491   default:
12492     break;
12493   }
12494 
12495   return NewTD;
12496 }
12497 
12498 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
12499 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
12500   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
12501   QualType T = TI->getType();
12502 
12503   if (T->isDependentType())
12504     return false;
12505 
12506   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
12507     if (BT->isInteger())
12508       return false;
12509 
12510   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
12511   return true;
12512 }
12513 
12514 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
12515 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
12516 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(
12517     SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
12518     bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) {
12519   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
12520 
12521   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
12522     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
12523       << Prev->isScoped();
12524     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12525     return true;
12526   }
12527 
12528   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
12529     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
12530         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
12531         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
12532                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
12533       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
12534       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
12535         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
12536       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
12537           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
12538       return true;
12539     }
12540   } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) {
12541     ;
12542   } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) {
12543     ;
12544   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
12545     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
12546       << Prev->isFixed();
12547     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12548     return true;
12549   }
12550 
12551   return false;
12552 }
12553 
12554 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
12555 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
12556 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
12557 ///
12558 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
12559 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
12560   switch (Tag) {
12561   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
12562   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
12563   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
12564   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
12565   }
12566 }
12567 
12568 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
12569 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
12570 ///
12571 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
12572 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
12573 {
12574   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
12575 }
12576 
12577 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
12578                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
12579   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
12580     return NTK_Typedef;
12581   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
12582     return NTK_TypeAlias;
12583   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12584     return NTK_Template;
12585   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
12586     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
12587   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
12588     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
12589   switch (TTK) {
12590   case TTK_Struct:
12591   case TTK_Interface:
12592   case TTK_Class:
12593     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
12594   case TTK_Union:
12595     return NTK_NonUnion;
12596   case TTK_Enum:
12597     return NTK_NonEnum;
12598   }
12599   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
12600 }
12601 
12602 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
12603 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
12604 ///
12605 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
12606 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
12607                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
12608                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
12609                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
12610   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
12611   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
12612   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
12613   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
12614   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
12615   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
12616   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
12617   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
12618   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
12619   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
12620   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
12621   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
12622   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
12623   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
12624   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
12625     if (OldTag == NewTag)
12626       return true;
12627 
12628   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
12629     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
12630     bool isTemplate = false;
12631     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
12632       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
12633 
12634     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
12635       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
12636       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
12637       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12638         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12639         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12640       return true;
12641     }
12642 
12643     if (isDefinition) {
12644       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
12645       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
12646       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12647         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
12648         return true;
12649       }
12650 
12651       bool previousMismatch = false;
12652       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
12653         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
12654           if (!previousMismatch) {
12655             previousMismatch = true;
12656             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
12657               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12658               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
12659           }
12660           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12661             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
12662             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
12663                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
12664         }
12665       }
12666       return true;
12667     }
12668 
12669     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
12670     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
12671     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
12672     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
12673                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
12674     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
12675       return true;
12676     }
12677 
12678     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
12679       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
12680       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
12681     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
12682 
12683     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
12684     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
12685         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
12686           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
12687           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
12688                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
12689     }
12690 
12691     return true;
12692   }
12693   return false;
12694 }
12695 
12696 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
12697 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
12698 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
12699 ///   namespace N {
12700 ///     struct X;
12701 ///     namespace M {
12702 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
12703 ///     }
12704 ///   }
12705 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
12706                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12707   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
12708   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
12709   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
12710   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
12711   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12712   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
12713     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
12714     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
12715     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
12716     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
12717       return FixItHint();
12718     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
12719     Namespaces.push_back(II);
12720     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
12721         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
12722     if (Lookup == Namespace)
12723       break;
12724   }
12725 
12726   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
12727   // build an NNS.
12728   SmallString<64> Insertion;
12729   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
12730   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
12731     OS << "::";
12732   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
12733   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
12734     OS << II->getName() << "::";
12735   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
12736 }
12737 
12738 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
12739 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
12740 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
12741 /// using-declaration).
12742 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
12743                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
12744   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
12745   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
12746 
12747   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
12748     return true;
12749 
12750   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
12751   // encloses the other).
12752   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
12753       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
12754     return true;
12755 
12756   return false;
12757 }
12758 
12759 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
12760 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
12761 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
12762 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
12763 ///
12764 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
12765 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
12766 ///
12767 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
12768 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
12769 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
12770                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
12771                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
12772                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
12773                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
12774                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
12775                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
12776                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
12777                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
12778                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
12779                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
12780   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
12781   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
12782   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
12783          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
12784   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
12785 
12786   OwnedDecl = false;
12787   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
12788   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
12789 
12790   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
12791   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
12792   bool Invalid = false;
12793 
12794   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
12795   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
12796   // for non-C++ cases.
12797   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
12798       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
12799     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
12800             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
12801                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
12802                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
12803       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12804         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
12805         return nullptr;
12806       }
12807 
12808       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
12809         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
12810         // be a member of another template).
12811 
12812         if (Invalid)
12813           return nullptr;
12814 
12815         OwnedDecl = false;
12816         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
12817                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
12818                                                TemplateParams, AS,
12819                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
12820                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
12821                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
12822                                                TemplateParameterLists.data(),
12823                                                SkipBody);
12824         return Result.get();
12825       } else {
12826         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
12827         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
12828           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
12829         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
12830       }
12831     }
12832   }
12833 
12834   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
12835   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
12836   // redeclaration.
12837   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
12838   bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false;
12839 
12840   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
12841     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
12842       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
12843       // type, default to int.
12844       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12845     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
12846       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
12847       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
12848       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
12849       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
12850       EnumUnderlying = TI;
12851 
12852       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
12853         // Recover by falling back to int.
12854         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12855 
12856       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
12857                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
12858         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12859 
12860     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12861       if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) {
12862         // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
12863         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
12864         EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true;
12865       }
12866     }
12867   }
12868 
12869   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
12870   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12871   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
12872   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
12873 
12874   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
12875   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
12876     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
12877 
12878   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
12879   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
12880     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
12881 
12882     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
12883     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
12884       Name = nullptr;
12885       goto CreateNewDecl;
12886     }
12887 
12888     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
12889     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
12890     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
12891       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
12892       if (!DC) {
12893         IsDependent = true;
12894         return nullptr;
12895       }
12896     } else {
12897       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
12898       if (!DC) {
12899         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
12900           << SS.getRange();
12901         return nullptr;
12902       }
12903     }
12904 
12905     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
12906       return nullptr;
12907 
12908     SearchDC = DC;
12909     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
12910     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
12911 
12912     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
12913       return nullptr;
12914 
12915     if (Previous.empty()) {
12916       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
12917       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
12918       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
12919       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
12920       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
12921       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
12922       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
12923           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
12924         IsDependent = true;
12925         return nullptr;
12926       }
12927 
12928       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
12929       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
12930         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
12931       Name = nullptr;
12932       Invalid = true;
12933       goto CreateNewDecl;
12934     }
12935   } else if (Name) {
12936     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
12937     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
12938     //   name different from T:
12939     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
12940     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
12941         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
12942       return nullptr;
12943 
12944     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
12945     // declaration or definition.
12946     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
12947     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
12948     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
12949     LookupName(Previous, S);
12950 
12951     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
12952     // by types using'ed into this scope.
12953     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
12954         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
12955       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12956       while (F.hasNext()) {
12957         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12958         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
12959                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
12960           F.erase();
12961       }
12962       F.done();
12963     }
12964 
12965     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
12966     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
12967     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
12968     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
12969     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
12970     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
12971     //
12972     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
12973     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
12974     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
12975     //
12976     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
12977     // semantic context?
12978     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
12979       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
12980       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
12981       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
12982       while (F.hasNext()) {
12983         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
12984         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
12985         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
12986             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
12987           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
12988             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
12989           else
12990             F.erase();
12991         }
12992       }
12993       F.done();
12994 
12995       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
12996       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
12997       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
12998         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
12999         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
13000             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
13001       }
13002     }
13003 
13004     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
13005     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
13006       return nullptr;
13007 
13008     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
13009       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
13010       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
13011       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
13012       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
13013       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
13014         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
13015     }
13016   }
13017 
13018   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
13019       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
13020     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13021     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
13022     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13023     Previous.clear();
13024   }
13025 
13026   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
13027       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
13028     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
13029       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
13030       isStdBadAlloc = true;
13031 
13032       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
13033       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
13034       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
13035       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
13036         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
13037     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
13038       isStdAlignValT = true;
13039       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
13040         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
13041     }
13042   }
13043 
13044   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
13045   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
13046   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
13047   // there's a shadow friend decl.
13048   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
13049       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
13050     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
13051     assert(SS.isEmpty());
13052 
13053     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13054       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
13055       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
13056       //
13057       //          class-key identifier
13058       //
13059       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
13060       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
13061       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
13062       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
13063       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
13064       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
13065       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
13066       //      declaration.
13067       //
13068       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
13069       // C structs and unions.
13070       //
13071       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
13072       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
13073       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
13074       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
13075       //
13076       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
13077       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
13078       //
13079       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
13080       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
13081       // lexical context,
13082       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
13083 
13084       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
13085       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13086     } else {
13087       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
13088       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
13089       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
13090       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
13091       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
13092       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
13093     }
13094 
13095     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
13096     // diagnose some problems.
13097     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
13098     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
13099     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
13100     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
13101     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13102       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
13103       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
13104     } else {
13105       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
13106       LookupName(Previous, S);
13107     }
13108   }
13109 
13110   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
13111   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
13112     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
13113 
13114   if (!Previous.empty()) {
13115     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
13116     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13117 
13118     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
13119     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
13120     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
13121     // in C++.
13122     //
13123     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
13124     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
13125     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
13126     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
13127     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13128       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13129         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
13130           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
13131           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
13132               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
13133                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
13134             PrevDecl = Tag;
13135             Previous.clear();
13136             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
13137             Previous.resolveKind();
13138           }
13139         }
13140       }
13141     }
13142 
13143     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
13144     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
13145     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
13146     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
13147       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
13148       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
13149           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) &&
13150           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
13151                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
13152         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
13153         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
13154              diag::note_using_decl_target);
13155         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
13156             << 0;
13157         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
13158         Previous.clear();
13159         goto CreateNewDecl;
13160       }
13161     }
13162 
13163     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13164       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
13165       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
13166       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
13167       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
13168           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13169                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13170         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
13171         // struct or something similar.
13172         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
13173                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
13174                                           Name)) {
13175           bool SafeToContinue
13176             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
13177                Kind != TTK_Enum);
13178           if (SafeToContinue)
13179             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
13180               << Name
13181               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
13182                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
13183           else
13184             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
13185           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
13186 
13187           if (SafeToContinue)
13188             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
13189           else {
13190             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
13191             Name = nullptr;
13192             Previous.clear();
13193             Invalid = true;
13194           }
13195         }
13196 
13197         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
13198           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
13199 
13200           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
13201           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
13202           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13203             if (ScopedEnum)
13204               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
13205                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
13206                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
13207             return PrevTagDecl;
13208           }
13209 
13210           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
13211           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13212             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
13213           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
13214             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
13215 
13216           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
13217           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
13218           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
13219           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
13220                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
13221                                      EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum))
13222             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
13223         }
13224 
13225         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
13226         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
13227         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
13228         //   and then later defined.
13229         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
13230             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13231           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
13232           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13233         }
13234 
13235         if (!Invalid) {
13236           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
13237           // we have attributes.
13238           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13239             if (Attr) {
13240               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
13241               // declaration to hold them.
13242             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
13243                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
13244                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
13245                         PP.getModuleContainingLocation(
13246                             PrevDecl->getLocation()) !=
13247                             PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) &&
13248                        SS.isEmpty()) {
13249               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
13250               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
13251               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
13252               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
13253               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
13254               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
13255               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
13256               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
13257                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13258                 return PrevTagDecl;
13259               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
13260               // that scope.
13261               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
13262             } else {
13263               return PrevTagDecl;
13264             }
13265           }
13266 
13267           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
13268           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13269             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
13270               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
13271               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
13272               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
13273               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
13274               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
13275                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
13276                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13277                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13278                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13279                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
13280                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
13281                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
13282                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
13283               }
13284 
13285               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
13286               if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13287                   !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
13288                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
13289                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
13290                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
13291                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
13292                 // use it in place of this one.
13293                 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
13294                 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc);
13295                 return Def;
13296               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
13297                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
13298                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
13299                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
13300                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
13301                 else
13302                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
13303                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13304                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
13305                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
13306                 // references get the previous definition.
13307                 Name = nullptr;
13308                 Previous.clear();
13309                 Invalid = true;
13310               }
13311             } else {
13312               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
13313               // about a nested redefinition.
13314               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
13315               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
13316                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
13317                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
13318                      diag::note_previous_definition);
13319                 Name = nullptr;
13320                 Previous.clear();
13321                 Invalid = true;
13322               }
13323             }
13324 
13325             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
13326             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
13327           }
13328 
13329           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
13330           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
13331           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
13332           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
13333             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
13334             AS = AS_none;
13335           }
13336         }
13337         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
13338         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
13339 
13340       } else {
13341         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
13342         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
13343         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
13344         // have distinct types.
13345         Previous.clear();
13346       }
13347       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
13348       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
13349       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
13350 
13351     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
13352     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
13353     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
13354     } else {
13355       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
13356       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
13357       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
13358       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
13359           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
13360         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13361         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
13362                                                        << Kind;
13363         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
13364         Invalid = true;
13365 
13366       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
13367       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
13368                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
13369         // do nothing
13370 
13371       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
13372       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13373         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
13374         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
13375         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13376         Invalid = true;
13377 
13378       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
13379       // case here.
13380       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
13381         unsigned Kind = 0;
13382         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
13383         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
13384           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
13385         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
13386         Invalid = true;
13387 
13388       // Otherwise, diagnose.
13389       } else {
13390         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
13391         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
13392         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
13393         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13394         Name = nullptr;
13395         Invalid = true;
13396       }
13397 
13398       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
13399       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
13400       Previous.clear();
13401     }
13402   }
13403 
13404 CreateNewDecl:
13405 
13406   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13407   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
13408     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
13409 
13410   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
13411   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
13412   // keyword.
13413   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
13414 
13415   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
13416   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
13417   // PrevDecl.
13418   TagDecl *New;
13419 
13420   bool IsForwardReference = false;
13421   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
13422     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13423     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
13424     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13425                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
13426                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
13427 
13428     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
13429       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13430 
13431     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
13432     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
13433       TagDecl *Def;
13434       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
13435           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
13436         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
13437         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
13438       }
13439       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
13440         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
13441           << New;
13442         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13443       } else {
13444         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
13445         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
13446           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
13447         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13448           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
13449         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
13450 
13451         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
13452         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
13453         // the declaration context.
13454         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
13455           IsForwardReference = true;
13456       }
13457     }
13458 
13459     if (EnumUnderlying) {
13460       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
13461       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
13462         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
13463       else
13464         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
13465       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
13466     }
13467   } else {
13468     // struct/union/class
13469 
13470     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
13471     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
13472     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13473       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
13474       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13475                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13476 
13477       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
13478         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
13479     } else
13480       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
13481                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
13482   }
13483 
13484   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
13485   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
13486   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13487     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
13488       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13489     Invalid = true;
13490   }
13491 
13492   // Maybe add qualifier info.
13493   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
13494     if (SS.isSet()) {
13495       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
13496       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
13497       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
13498       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
13499       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
13500       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
13501           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
13502           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc))
13503         Invalid = true;
13504 
13505       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
13506       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
13507         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
13508       }
13509     }
13510     else
13511       Invalid = true;
13512   }
13513 
13514   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
13515     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
13516     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
13517     //
13518     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
13519     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
13520     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
13521     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
13522     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
13523     // parsing of the struct).
13524     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
13525       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
13526       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
13527     }
13528   }
13529 
13530   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
13531     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
13532       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
13533         << 2
13534         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
13535     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
13536     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
13537     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
13538     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
13539       New->setModulePrivate();
13540   }
13541 
13542   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
13543   // check the specialization.
13544   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
13545     Invalid = true;
13546 
13547   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
13548   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
13549   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
13550   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
13551       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
13552     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13553       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
13554       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
13555       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
13556         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
13557             << Name;
13558         Invalid = true;
13559       }
13560     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
13561       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
13562     }
13563   }
13564 
13565   if (Invalid)
13566     New->setInvalidDecl();
13567 
13568   if (Attr)
13569     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13570 
13571   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
13572   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
13573   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
13574 
13575   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
13576   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
13577   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
13578   // the tag name visible.
13579   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
13580     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
13581 
13582   // Set the access specifier.
13583   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
13584     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
13585 
13586   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
13587     New->startDefinition();
13588 
13589   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
13590   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
13591     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
13592     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
13593     if (PrevDecl)
13594       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
13595 
13596     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
13597     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13598     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
13599       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
13600         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
13601   } else if (Name) {
13602     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13603     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
13604     if (IsForwardReference)
13605       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
13606   } else {
13607     CurContext->addDecl(New);
13608   }
13609 
13610   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
13611   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
13612     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
13613         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
13614         II->isStr("FILE"))
13615       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
13616 
13617   if (PrevDecl)
13618     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
13619 
13620   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13621   // record.
13622   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
13623 
13624   OwnedDecl = true;
13625   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
13626   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
13627   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13628     if (New->isBeingDefined())
13629       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
13630         RD->completeDefinition();
13631     return nullptr;
13632   } else {
13633     return New;
13634   }
13635 }
13636 
13637 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13638   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13639   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13640 
13641   // Enter the tag context.
13642   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
13643 
13644   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
13645 
13646   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
13647   // record.
13648   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
13649 }
13650 
13651 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
13652   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
13653          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
13654   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
13655   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
13656       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
13657   CurContext = OCD;
13658   return IDecl;
13659 }
13660 
13661 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13662                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
13663                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
13664                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
13665   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13666   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
13667 
13668   FieldCollector->StartClass();
13669 
13670   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
13671     return;
13672 
13673   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
13674     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
13675                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
13676 
13677   // C++ [class]p2:
13678   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
13679   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
13680   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
13681   //   as if it were a public member name.
13682   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
13683     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
13684                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
13685                             Record->getIdentifier(),
13686                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
13687                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
13688   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
13689   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
13690   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
13691   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
13692       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
13693   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
13694   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
13695          "Broken injected-class-name");
13696 }
13697 
13698 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
13699                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
13700   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13701   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13702   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
13703 
13704   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13705   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13706     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
13707     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13708       RD->completeDefinition();
13709   }
13710 
13711   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
13712     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
13713 
13714   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
13715   PopDeclContext();
13716 
13717   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
13718       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
13719     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
13720 
13721   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
13722   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
13723     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
13724 }
13725 
13726 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
13727   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
13728   PopDeclContext();
13729 }
13730 
13731 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13732   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
13733   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
13734   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
13735 }
13736 
13737 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
13738   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
13739   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
13740 }
13741 
13742 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
13743   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
13744   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
13745   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
13746 
13747   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
13748   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
13749     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
13750       RD->completeDefinition();
13751   }
13752 
13753   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
13754   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
13755   // the FieldCollector.
13756 
13757   PopDeclContext();
13758 }
13759 
13760 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
13761 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
13762                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
13763                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
13764                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
13765   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
13766   if (ZeroWidth)
13767     *ZeroWidth = true;
13768 
13769   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
13770   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
13771   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
13772     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
13773     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
13774       return ExprError();
13775     if (FieldName)
13776       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
13777         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13778     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
13779       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
13780   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
13781                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
13782     return ExprError();
13783 
13784   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
13785   // it now.
13786   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
13787     return BitWidth;
13788 
13789   llvm::APSInt Value;
13790   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
13791   if (ICE.isInvalid())
13792     return ICE;
13793   BitWidth = ICE.get();
13794 
13795   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
13796     *ZeroWidth = false;
13797 
13798   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
13799   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
13800     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
13801 
13802   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
13803     if (FieldName)
13804       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13805                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
13806     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
13807       << Value.toString(10);
13808   }
13809 
13810   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
13811     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
13812     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
13813     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
13814 
13815     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
13816     // ABI.
13817     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
13818         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
13819     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
13820         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
13821         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
13822     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
13823       unsigned DiagWidth =
13824           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
13825       if (FieldName)
13826         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13827                << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13828                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
13829 
13830       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13831              << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation
13832              << DiagWidth;
13833     }
13834 
13835     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
13836     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
13837     // 'bool'.
13838     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) {
13839       if (FieldName)
13840         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13841             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
13842             << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13843       else
13844         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
13845             << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
13846     }
13847   }
13848 
13849   return BitWidth;
13850 }
13851 
13852 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
13853 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
13854 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
13855                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
13856   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
13857                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
13858                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
13859   return Res;
13860 }
13861 
13862 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
13863 ///
13864 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
13865                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
13866                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
13867                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13868                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
13869   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
13870     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
13871     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
13872       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
13873     return nullptr;
13874   }
13875 
13876   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13877   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
13878   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
13879 
13880   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13881   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
13882   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13883     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13884 
13885     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
13886                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
13887       D.setInvalidType();
13888       T = Context.IntTy;
13889       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
13890     }
13891   }
13892 
13893   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
13894   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
13895     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
13896     D.setInvalidType();
13897   }
13898 
13899   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
13900   // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
13901   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() ||
13902                           T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) {
13903     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
13904     D.setInvalidType();
13905   }
13906 
13907   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
13908 
13909   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
13910     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13911         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z;
13912   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13913     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13914          diag::err_invalid_thread)
13915       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13916 
13917   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
13918   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
13919   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
13920   LookupName(Previous, S);
13921   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
13922     case LookupResult::Found:
13923     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
13924       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
13925       break;
13926 
13927     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
13928       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
13929       break;
13930 
13931     case LookupResult::NotFound:
13932     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
13933     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
13934       break;
13935   }
13936   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
13937 
13938   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13939     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13940     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13941     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13942     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13943   }
13944 
13945   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
13946     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13947 
13948   bool Mutable
13949     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
13950   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
13951   FieldDecl *NewFD
13952     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
13953                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
13954 
13955   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
13956     Record->setInvalidDecl();
13957 
13958   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13959     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
13960 
13961   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
13962     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
13963     // with the same name in the same scope.
13964   } else if (II) {
13965     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
13966   } else
13967     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
13968 
13969   return NewFD;
13970 }
13971 
13972 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
13973 ///
13974 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
13975 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
13976 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
13977 /// created.
13978 ///
13979 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
13980 ///
13981 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
13982 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
13983                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
13984                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
13985                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
13986                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
13987                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
13988                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
13989                                 Declarator *D) {
13990   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
13991   bool InvalidDecl = false;
13992   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
13993 
13994   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
13995   // marking this declaration as invalid.
13996   if (T.isNull()) {
13997     InvalidDecl = true;
13998     T = Context.IntTy;
13999   }
14000 
14001   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
14002   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
14003     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14004       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
14005       Record->setInvalidDecl();
14006       InvalidDecl = true;
14007     } else {
14008       NamedDecl *Def;
14009       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
14010       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
14011         Record->setInvalidDecl();
14012         InvalidDecl = true;
14013       }
14014     }
14015   }
14016 
14017   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
14018   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14019     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
14020     InvalidDecl = true;
14021   }
14022 
14023   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14024   // than a variably modified type.
14025   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14026     bool SizeIsNegative;
14027     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
14028 
14029     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
14030       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
14031                                                     SizeIsNegative,
14032                                                     Oversized);
14033     if (FixedTInfo) {
14034       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
14035       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
14036       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
14037     } else {
14038       if (SizeIsNegative)
14039         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
14040       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
14041         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
14042           << Oversized.toString(10);
14043       else
14044         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
14045       InvalidDecl = true;
14046     }
14047   }
14048 
14049   // Fields can not have abstract class types
14050   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
14051                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14052                                              AbstractFieldType))
14053     InvalidDecl = true;
14054 
14055   bool ZeroWidth = false;
14056   if (InvalidDecl)
14057     BitWidth = nullptr;
14058   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
14059   if (BitWidth) {
14060     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
14061                               &ZeroWidth).get();
14062     if (!BitWidth) {
14063       InvalidDecl = true;
14064       BitWidth = nullptr;
14065       ZeroWidth = false;
14066     }
14067   }
14068 
14069   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
14070   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
14071     unsigned DiagID = 0;
14072     if (T->isReferenceType())
14073       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
14074                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
14075     else if (T.isConstQualified())
14076       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
14077 
14078     if (DiagID) {
14079       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
14080       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
14081         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
14082       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
14083       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
14084         Mutable = false;
14085         InvalidDecl = true;
14086       }
14087     }
14088   }
14089 
14090   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
14091   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
14092   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
14093   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
14094     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
14095 
14096   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
14097                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
14098   if (InvalidDecl)
14099     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14100 
14101   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14102     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14103     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14104     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14105   }
14106 
14107   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14108     if (Record->isUnion()) {
14109       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14110         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14111         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14112           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
14113           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
14114           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
14115           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
14116           // objects.
14117           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
14118             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14119         }
14120       }
14121 
14122       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
14123       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
14124       // enabled.
14125       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
14126         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
14127                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
14128                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
14129           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
14130         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
14131           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14132       }
14133     }
14134   }
14135 
14136   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
14137   // representation, not a parser representation.
14138   if (D) {
14139     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
14140     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
14141 
14142     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
14143       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
14144   }
14145 
14146   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
14147   // retainable type.
14148   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
14149     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
14150 
14151   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
14152     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
14153 
14154   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
14155   return NewFD;
14156 }
14157 
14158 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
14159   assert(FD);
14160   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
14161 
14162   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
14163     return false;
14164 
14165   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14166   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14167     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
14168     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
14169       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
14170       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
14171       // copy constructors.
14172 
14173       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
14174       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
14175       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
14176       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
14177       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
14178       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
14179       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
14180         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
14181       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
14182         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
14183       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
14184         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
14185       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
14186         member = CXXDestructor;
14187 
14188       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
14189         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
14190             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
14191           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
14192           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
14193           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
14194           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
14195           // members unavailable.
14196           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
14197           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
14198             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
14199               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14200                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
14201             return false;
14202           }
14203         }
14204 
14205         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
14206                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
14207                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
14208           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
14209         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
14210         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
14211       }
14212     }
14213   }
14214 
14215   return false;
14216 }
14217 
14218 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
14219 ///  AST enum value.
14220 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
14221 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
14222   switch (ivarVisibility) {
14223   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
14224   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
14225   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
14226   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
14227   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
14228   }
14229 }
14230 
14231 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
14232 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
14233 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
14234                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
14235                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
14236                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
14237 
14238   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
14239   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
14240   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
14241   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
14242 
14243   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
14244   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
14245 
14246   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
14247   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
14248 
14249   if (BitWidth) {
14250     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
14251     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
14252     if (!BitWidth)
14253       D.setInvalidType();
14254   } else {
14255     // Not a bitfield.
14256 
14257     // validate II.
14258 
14259   }
14260   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
14261     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
14262     D.setInvalidType();
14263   }
14264   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
14265   // than a variably modified type.
14266   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
14267     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
14268     D.setInvalidType();
14269   }
14270 
14271   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
14272   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
14273     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
14274                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
14275   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
14276   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
14277   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
14278     return nullptr;
14279   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
14280   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14281       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14282     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
14283     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
14284       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
14285       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
14286     }
14287     else
14288       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14289   } else {
14290     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14291         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14292       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
14293         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
14294         return nullptr;
14295       }
14296     }
14297     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
14298   }
14299 
14300   // Construct the decl.
14301   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
14302                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
14303                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
14304 
14305   if (II) {
14306     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
14307                                            ForRedeclaration);
14308     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
14309         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
14310       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
14311       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14312       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14313     }
14314   }
14315 
14316   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
14317   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
14318 
14319   if (D.isInvalidType())
14320     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14321 
14322   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
14323   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
14324     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
14325 
14326   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
14327     NewID->setModulePrivate();
14328 
14329   if (II) {
14330     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
14331     // these to the interface.
14332     S->AddDecl(NewID);
14333     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
14334   }
14335 
14336   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
14337       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
14338     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
14339 
14340   return NewID;
14341 }
14342 
14343 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
14344 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
14345 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
14346 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
14347 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
14348                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
14349   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
14350     return;
14351 
14352   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
14353   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
14354 
14355   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
14356     return;
14357   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
14358   if (!ID) {
14359     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
14360       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
14361         return;
14362     }
14363     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
14364     else
14365       return;
14366   }
14367   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
14368   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
14369   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
14370 
14371   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
14372                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
14373                               Context.CharTy,
14374                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
14375                                                                DeclLoc),
14376                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
14377                               true);
14378   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
14379 }
14380 
14381 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
14382                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
14383                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
14384   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
14385 
14386   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
14387   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
14388   // it will now change.
14389   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14390     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14391     switch (DC->getKind()) {
14392     default: break;
14393     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
14394       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14395       break;
14396     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
14397       Context.
14398         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
14399       break;
14400     }
14401   }
14402 
14403   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
14404 
14405   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
14406   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
14407   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
14408   if (Record) {
14409     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
14410       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
14411         if (IFD->getDeclName())
14412           ++NumNamedMembers;
14413     }
14414   }
14415 
14416   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
14417   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
14418 
14419   bool ARCErrReported = false;
14420   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
14421        i != end; ++i) {
14422     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
14423 
14424     // Get the type for the field.
14425     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
14426 
14427     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
14428       // Remember all fields written by the user.
14429       RecFields.push_back(FD);
14430     }
14431 
14432     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
14433     // diagnostics about it.
14434     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14435       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14436       continue;
14437     }
14438 
14439     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
14440     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
14441     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
14442     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
14443     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
14444     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
14445     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
14446     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
14447     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
14448     //   array.
14449     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
14450       // Field declared as a function.
14451       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
14452         << FD->getDeclName();
14453       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14454       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14455       continue;
14456     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
14457                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
14458                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
14459                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
14460                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
14461       // Flexible array member.
14462       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
14463       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
14464       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
14465       unsigned DiagID = 0;
14466       if (Record->isUnion())
14467         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14468                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
14469                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14470                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
14471                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
14472       else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
14473         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
14474                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
14475                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
14476                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
14477                            : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
14478 
14479       if (DiagID)
14480         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
14481                                         << Record->getTagKind();
14482       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
14483       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
14484       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
14485       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
14486       // of the type.
14487       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
14488         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
14489           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
14490             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14491       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
14492         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
14493           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
14494 
14495       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
14496       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
14497       //
14498       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
14499       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
14500       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14501       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
14502         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
14503           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14504         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14505         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14506         continue;
14507       }
14508       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
14509       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14510     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
14511                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14512                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
14513       // Incomplete type
14514       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14515       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
14516       continue;
14517     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
14518       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
14519         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
14520         // flexible array member.
14521         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
14522         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
14523           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
14524           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
14525           // structures.
14526           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
14527             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
14528               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
14529           else {
14530             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
14531             // other structs as an extension.
14532             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
14533               << FD->getDeclName();
14534           }
14535         }
14536       }
14537       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
14538           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
14539                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
14540                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
14541         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
14542         FD->setInvalidDecl();
14543       }
14544       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14545         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14546       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
14547         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14548     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
14549       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
14550       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
14551         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
14552       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
14553       FD->setType(T);
14554     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
14555                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
14556       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
14557       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
14558       // so we just make the field unavailable.
14559       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
14560       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
14561       QualType T = FD->getType();
14562       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
14563       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
14564         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
14565         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
14566           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
14567             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
14568                           UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc));
14569           }
14570         } else {
14571           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
14572             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
14573         }
14574         ARCErrReported = true;
14575       }
14576     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
14577                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
14578                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
14579       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14580           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
14581         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14582       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
14583         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
14584         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
14585             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
14586           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14587         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
14588                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
14589                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
14590       }
14591     }
14592     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
14593       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
14594     // Keep track of the number of named members.
14595     if (FD->getIdentifier())
14596       ++NumNamedMembers;
14597   }
14598 
14599   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
14600   if (Record) {
14601     bool Completed = false;
14602     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14603       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14604         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
14605         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
14606                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
14607                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
14608           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
14609       }
14610 
14611       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
14612         if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
14613           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
14614           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
14615             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
14616                                           CXXRecord->getDestructor());
14617         }
14618 
14619         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
14620           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
14621           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
14622 
14623           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
14624           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
14625           // problem now.
14626           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
14627             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
14628             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
14629 
14630             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
14631                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
14632                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
14633               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
14634                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
14635                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
14636                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
14637                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
14638                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
14639                   continue;
14640 
14641                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
14642                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
14643                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
14644                 //   program is ill-formed.
14645                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
14646                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
14647                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
14648                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
14649                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
14650                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
14651                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
14652                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
14653                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
14654                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
14655 
14656                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
14657               }
14658             }
14659             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
14660             Completed = true;
14661           }
14662         }
14663       }
14664     }
14665 
14666     if (!Completed)
14667       Record->completeDefinition();
14668 
14669     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
14670     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
14671       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
14672       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
14673           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor))
14674         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
14675     }
14676 
14677     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
14678       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
14679 
14680       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
14681         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
14682                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
14683                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
14684     }
14685 
14686     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
14687     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
14688     // compatibility problems.
14689     bool CheckForZeroSize;
14690     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14691       CheckForZeroSize = true;
14692     } else {
14693       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
14694       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
14695       CheckForZeroSize =
14696           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
14697           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
14698           CXXRecord->isCLike();
14699     }
14700     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
14701       bool ZeroSize = true;
14702       bool IsEmpty = true;
14703       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
14704       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
14705                                       E = Record->field_end();
14706            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
14707         IsEmpty = false;
14708         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
14709           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
14710             ZeroSize = false;
14711         } else {
14712           ++NonBitFields;
14713           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
14714           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
14715               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
14716             ZeroSize = false;
14717         }
14718       }
14719 
14720       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
14721       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
14722       // extern "C" block.
14723       if (ZeroSize) {
14724         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
14725                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
14726                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
14727           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
14728       }
14729 
14730       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
14731       // but are accepted by GCC.
14732       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14733         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
14734                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
14735           << Record->isUnion();
14736       }
14737     }
14738   } else {
14739     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
14740       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
14741     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14742       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
14743       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
14744       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14745         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
14746         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14747       }
14748       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
14749       // duplicates.
14750       if (ID->getSuperClass())
14751         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
14752     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
14753                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14754       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
14755       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
14756         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
14757         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
14758         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
14759       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
14760       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14761       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14762     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
14763                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
14764       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
14765       // reported as errors elsewhere.
14766       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
14767       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
14768       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
14769       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
14770       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
14771       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
14772         if (IDecl) {
14773           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
14774               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14775             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14776                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14777             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14778             continue;
14779           }
14780           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
14781             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
14782                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
14783               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
14784                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
14785               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14786               continue;
14787             }
14788           }
14789         }
14790         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
14791         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
14792       }
14793       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
14794       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
14795     }
14796   }
14797 
14798   if (Attr)
14799     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
14800 }
14801 
14802 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
14803 /// the given type T.
14804 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
14805                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
14806                                         QualType T) {
14807   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14808   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
14809 
14810   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
14811     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
14812       --BitWidth;
14813     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
14814   }
14815   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
14816 }
14817 
14818 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
14819 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
14820 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
14821   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
14822   // enum checking below.
14823   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
14824   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
14825   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14826     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
14827   };
14828   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
14829     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
14830     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
14831   };
14832 
14833   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
14834   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
14835                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
14836   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
14837     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
14838       return Types[I];
14839 
14840   return QualType();
14841 }
14842 
14843 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
14844                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
14845                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
14846                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
14847                                           Expr *Val) {
14848   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
14849   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
14850   QualType EltTy;
14851 
14852   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
14853     Val = nullptr;
14854 
14855   if (Val)
14856     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
14857 
14858   if (Val) {
14859     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
14860       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14861     else {
14862       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
14863       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
14864           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14865         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
14866         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
14867         // constant expression of the underlying type.
14868         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14869         ExprResult Converted =
14870           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
14871                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
14872         if (Converted.isInvalid())
14873           Val = nullptr;
14874         else
14875           Val = Converted.get();
14876       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
14877                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
14878                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
14879         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
14880       } else {
14881         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14882           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14883 
14884           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
14885           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
14886           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
14887           // expression checking.
14888           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14889             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
14890               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14891               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14892             } else
14893               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
14894           } else
14895             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
14896                                     EltTy->isBooleanType() ?
14897                                     CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast)
14898                     .get();
14899         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14900           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
14901           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14902           //   is the type of its initializing value:
14903           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
14904           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
14905           EltTy = Val->getType();
14906         } else {
14907           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
14908           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
14909           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
14910           //   representable as an int.
14911 
14912           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
14913           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
14914             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
14915               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
14916               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
14917           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
14918             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
14919             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
14920           }
14921           EltTy = Val->getType();
14922         }
14923       }
14924     }
14925   }
14926 
14927   if (!Val) {
14928     if (Enum->isDependentType())
14929       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
14930     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
14931       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14932       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14933       //   is the type of its initializing value:
14934       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
14935       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
14936       //
14937       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
14938       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
14939       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
14940         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
14941       }
14942       else {
14943         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
14944       }
14945     } else {
14946       // Assign the last value + 1.
14947       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14948       ++EnumVal;
14949       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
14950 
14951       // Check for overflow on increment.
14952       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
14953         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
14954         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
14955         //   is the type of its initializing value:
14956         //
14957         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
14958         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
14959         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
14960         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
14961         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
14962         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
14963         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
14964         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
14965           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
14966           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
14967           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14968           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
14969           ++EnumVal;
14970           if (Enum->isFixed())
14971             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
14972             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
14973               << EnumVal.toString(10)
14974               << EltTy;
14975           else
14976             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
14977               << EnumVal.toString(10);
14978         } else {
14979           EltTy = T;
14980         }
14981 
14982         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
14983         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
14984         // value, then increment.
14985         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
14986         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
14987         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
14988         ++EnumVal;
14989 
14990         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
14991         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
14992         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
14993         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
14994         // integral type.
14995         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
14996           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
14997       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14998                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
14999         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
15000         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
15001           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
15002       }
15003     }
15004   }
15005 
15006   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
15007     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
15008     // enumerator's type.
15009     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
15010     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
15011   }
15012 
15013   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
15014                                   Val, EnumVal);
15015 }
15016 
15017 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
15018                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
15019   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
15020       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15021     return SkipBodyInfo();
15022 
15023   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
15024   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
15025   // skip the body.
15026   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15027                                          ForRedeclaration);
15028   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
15029   if (!PrevECD)
15030     return SkipBodyInfo();
15031 
15032   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
15033   NamedDecl *Hidden;
15034   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
15035     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
15036     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
15037     return Skip;
15038   }
15039 
15040   return SkipBodyInfo();
15041 }
15042 
15043 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
15044                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
15045                               AttributeList *Attr,
15046                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
15047   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
15048   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
15049     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
15050 
15051   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
15052   // we find one that is.
15053   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
15054 
15055   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
15056   // scope.
15057   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
15058                                          ForRedeclaration);
15059   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
15060     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15061     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
15062     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15063     PrevDecl = nullptr;
15064   }
15065 
15066   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
15067   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
15068   // different from T:
15069   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
15070   // enumerated type
15071   if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
15072     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
15073                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
15074 
15075   EnumConstantDecl *New =
15076     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
15077   if (!New)
15078     return nullptr;
15079 
15080   if (PrevDecl) {
15081     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
15082     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
15083     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
15084            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
15085     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) &&
15086         shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) {
15087       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
15088         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
15089       else
15090         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
15091       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
15092       return nullptr;
15093     }
15094   }
15095 
15096   // Process attributes.
15097   if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
15098 
15099   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
15100   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
15101   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
15102 
15103   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
15104 
15105   return New;
15106 }
15107 
15108 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
15109 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
15110 // Element2 = Element1
15111 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
15112 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
15113 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
15114 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
15115   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
15116   if (!InitExpr)
15117     return true;
15118   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
15119 
15120   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
15121     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
15122       return true;
15123     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
15124     if (!IL)
15125       return true;
15126     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
15127       return true;
15128 
15129     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
15130   }
15131 
15132   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
15133   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
15134   if (!DRE)
15135     return true;
15136 
15137   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15138   if (!EnumConstant)
15139     return true;
15140 
15141   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
15142       Enum)
15143     return true;
15144 
15145   return false;
15146 }
15147 
15148 namespace {
15149 struct DupKey {
15150   int64_t val;
15151   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
15152   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
15153     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
15154 };
15155 
15156 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
15157   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
15158                 false);
15159 }
15160 
15161 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
15162   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
15163   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
15164   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
15165     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
15166   }
15167   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
15168     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
15169            LHS.val == RHS.val;
15170   }
15171 };
15172 } // end anonymous namespace
15173 
15174 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
15175 // a previous element has already been set to.
15176 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15177                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
15178                                         QualType EnumType) {
15179   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
15180     return;
15181   // Avoid anonymous enums
15182   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
15183     return;
15184 
15185   // Only check for small enums.
15186   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
15187     return;
15188 
15189   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
15190   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
15191 
15192   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
15193   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
15194           ValueToVectorMap;
15195 
15196   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
15197   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
15198 
15199   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
15200   // an initialier.
15201   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15202     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15203 
15204     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
15205     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
15206     if (!ECD) {
15207       return;
15208     }
15209 
15210     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
15211       continue;
15212 
15213     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15214     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15215 
15216     // First time encountering this value.
15217     if (Entry.isNull())
15218       Entry = ECD;
15219   }
15220 
15221   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
15222   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15223     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15224     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
15225       continue;
15226 
15227     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
15228 
15229     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
15230     if (Entry.isNull())
15231       continue;
15232 
15233     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
15234       // Ensure constants are different.
15235       if (D == ECD)
15236         continue;
15237 
15238       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
15239       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
15240       Vec->push_back(D);
15241       Vec->push_back(ECD);
15242 
15243       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
15244       Entry = Vec;
15245 
15246       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
15247       // diagnostics.
15248       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
15249       continue;
15250     }
15251 
15252     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
15253     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
15254     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
15255       continue;
15256 
15257     Vec->push_back(ECD);
15258   }
15259 
15260   // Emit diagnostics.
15261   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
15262                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
15263        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
15264     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
15265     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
15266 
15267     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
15268     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
15269     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
15270       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15271       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15272     ++I;
15273 
15274     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
15275     // the same value.
15276     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
15277       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
15278         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
15279         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
15280     delete Vec;
15281   }
15282 }
15283 
15284 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
15285                              bool AllowMask) const {
15286   assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum");
15287   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
15288 
15289   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
15290   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
15291 
15292   if (R.second) {
15293     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
15294       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
15295       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
15296       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
15297         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
15298     }
15299   }
15300 
15301   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
15302   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
15303   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
15304   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
15305   //
15306   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
15307   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
15308   // likely a logic error.
15309   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
15310   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
15311 }
15312 
15313 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
15314                          Decl *EnumDeclX,
15315                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
15316                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
15317   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
15318   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
15319 
15320   if (Attr)
15321     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
15322 
15323   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
15324     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15325       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15326         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15327       if (!ECD) continue;
15328 
15329       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15330     }
15331 
15332     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
15333     return;
15334   }
15335 
15336   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
15337   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
15338   // emit a warning.
15339   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
15340   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
15341   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
15342 
15343   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
15344   // reverse the list.
15345   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
15346   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
15347 
15348   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
15349   bool AllElementsInt = true;
15350 
15351   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
15352     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
15353       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
15354     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15355 
15356     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15357 
15358     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
15359     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
15360       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
15361                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
15362     else
15363       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
15364                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
15365 
15366     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
15367     if (AllElementsInt)
15368       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
15369   }
15370 
15371   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
15372   QualType BestType;
15373   unsigned BestWidth;
15374 
15375   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
15376   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
15377   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
15378   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
15379   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
15380   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
15381   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
15382   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
15383   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
15384   QualType BestPromotionType;
15385 
15386   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
15387   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
15388   // enum definitions.
15389   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
15390     Packed = true;
15391 
15392   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
15393     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
15394     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
15395       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
15396     else
15397       BestPromotionType = BestType;
15398 
15399     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
15400   }
15401   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
15402     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
15403     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
15404     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15405     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
15406       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
15407       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15408     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
15409                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
15410       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
15411       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15412     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
15413       BestType = Context.IntTy;
15414       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15415     } else {
15416       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
15417 
15418       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
15419         BestType = Context.LongTy;
15420       } else {
15421         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15422 
15423         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
15424           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
15425         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
15426       }
15427     }
15428     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
15429   } else {
15430     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
15431     // all of the enumerator values.
15432     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
15433     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
15434       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
15435       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15436       BestWidth = CharWidth;
15437     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
15438       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
15439       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
15440       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
15441     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
15442       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
15443       BestWidth = IntWidth;
15444       BestPromotionType
15445         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15446                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
15447     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
15448                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
15449       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
15450       BestPromotionType
15451         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15452                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
15453     } else {
15454       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
15455       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
15456              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
15457       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
15458       BestPromotionType
15459         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15460                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
15461     }
15462   }
15463 
15464   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
15465   // the type of the enum if needed.
15466   for (auto *D : Elements) {
15467     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15468     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15469 
15470     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
15471     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
15472     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
15473     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
15474     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
15475 
15476     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
15477     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15478 
15479     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
15480     // the enum decl type.
15481     QualType NewTy;
15482     unsigned NewWidth;
15483     bool NewSign;
15484     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15485         !Enum->isFixed() &&
15486         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
15487       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
15488       NewWidth = IntWidth;
15489       NewSign = true;
15490     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
15491       // Already the right type!
15492       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15493         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15494         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15495         // enumeration.
15496         ECD->setType(EnumType);
15497       continue;
15498     } else {
15499       NewTy = BestType;
15500       NewWidth = BestWidth;
15501       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
15502     }
15503 
15504     // Adjust the APSInt value.
15505     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
15506     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
15507     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
15508 
15509     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
15510     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
15511         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
15512       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
15513                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
15514                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
15515                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
15516                                                 VK_RValue));
15517     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
15518       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
15519       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
15520       // enumeration.
15521       ECD->setType(EnumType);
15522     else
15523       ECD->setType(NewTy);
15524   }
15525 
15526   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
15527                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
15528 
15529   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
15530 
15531   if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) {
15532     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
15533       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
15534       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
15535 
15536       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
15537       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
15538           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
15539         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
15540           << ECD << Enum;
15541     }
15542   }
15543 
15544   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
15545   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
15546     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
15547 }
15548 
15549 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
15550                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
15551                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
15552   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
15553 
15554   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
15555                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
15556                                                    EndLoc);
15557   CurContext->addDecl(New);
15558   return New;
15559 }
15560 
15561 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
15562                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC,
15563                                      bool FromInclude = false) {
15564   SourceLocation ExternCLoc;
15565 
15566   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
15567     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
15568     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
15569       if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid())
15570         ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart();
15571       break;
15572     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
15573       break;
15574     }
15575     DC = LSD->getParent();
15576   }
15577 
15578   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
15579     DC = DC->getParent();
15580 
15581   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
15582     S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M))
15583                           ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop
15584                           : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal)
15585         << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
15586     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
15587            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC;
15588   } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) {
15589     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c)
15590       << M->getFullModuleName();
15591     S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here);
15592   }
15593 }
15594 
15595 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc,
15596                                            ModuleDeclKind MDK,
15597                                            ModuleIdPath Path) {
15598   // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any
15599   // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a
15600   // module inteface (not a module map).
15601   auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule();
15602   if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation
15603           ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None
15604           : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) {
15605     Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch)
15606       << (unsigned)MDK;
15607     return nullptr;
15608   }
15609 
15610   // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it.
15611 
15612   // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than
15613   // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current
15614   // module matters (eg a #include).
15615 
15616   // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's
15617   // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character
15618   // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name.
15619   std::string ModuleName;
15620   for (auto &Piece : Path) {
15621     if (!ModuleName.empty())
15622       ModuleName += ".";
15623     ModuleName += Piece.first->getName();
15624   }
15625 
15626   // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be
15627   // correct.
15628   if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() &&
15629       getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) {
15630     Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch)
15631         << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second)
15632         << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15633     return nullptr;
15634   }
15635   const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName;
15636 
15637   auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap();
15638 
15639   switch (MDK) {
15640   case ModuleDeclKind::Module: {
15641     // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule.
15642 
15643     // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module
15644     // map defining it already.
15645     if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) {
15646       Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName;
15647       if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid())
15648         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition);
15649       else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile())
15650         Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file)
15651             << FE->getName();
15652       return nullptr;
15653     }
15654 
15655     // Create a Module for the module that we're defining.
15656     Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName);
15657     assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail");
15658 
15659     // Enter the semantic scope of the module.
15660     ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod);
15661     return nullptr;
15662   }
15663 
15664   case ModuleDeclKind::Partition:
15665     // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module.
15666     return nullptr;
15667 
15668   case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation:
15669     std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc(
15670         PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second);
15671 
15672     DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc);
15673     if (Import.isInvalid())
15674       return nullptr;
15675     return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get());
15676   }
15677 
15678   llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind");
15679 }
15680 
15681 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc,
15682                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
15683                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
15684   Module *Mod =
15685       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
15686                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
15687   if (!Mod)
15688     return true;
15689 
15690   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc);
15691 
15692   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
15693 
15694   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
15695   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
15696   // silently ignoring the import.
15697   // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we
15698   // warn on a redundant import of the current module?
15699   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule &&
15700       (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS))
15701     Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule()
15702                         ? diag::err_module_self_import
15703                         : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
15704         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
15705 
15706   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
15707   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
15708   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
15709     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
15710     // We need the length to be consistent.
15711     if (!ModCheck)
15712       break;
15713     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
15714 
15715     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
15716   }
15717 
15718   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15719   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc,
15720                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
15721   if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15722     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import);
15723   TU->addDecl(Import);
15724   return Import;
15725 }
15726 
15727 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15728   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15729   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15730 }
15731 
15732 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15733   // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes
15734   // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an
15735   // implementation detail of us building the module.
15736   //
15737   // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those?
15738   bool IsInModuleIncludes =
15739       TUKind == TU_Module &&
15740       getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc);
15741 
15742   bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes;
15743 
15744   // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an
15745   // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST.
15746   if (ShouldAddImport) {
15747     TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15748     ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15749                                                      DirectiveLoc, Mod,
15750                                                      DirectiveLoc);
15751     if (!ModuleScopes.empty())
15752       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD);
15753     TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15754     Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15755   }
15756 
15757   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc);
15758   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15759 }
15760 
15761 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
15762   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true);
15763 
15764   ModuleScopes.push_back({});
15765   ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod;
15766   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
15767     ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules);
15768 
15769   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc);
15770 }
15771 
15772 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) {
15773   if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
15774     VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules);
15775     // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache
15776     // is now out of date.
15777     VisibleNamespaceCache.clear();
15778   }
15779 
15780   assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod &&
15781          "left the wrong module scope");
15782   ModuleScopes.pop_back();
15783 
15784   // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an
15785   // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module.
15786   FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc);
15787   assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() &&
15788          "end of submodule in main source file");
15789   SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File);
15790   BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod);
15791 }
15792 
15793 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
15794                                                       Module *Mod) {
15795   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
15796   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
15797     return;
15798 
15799   // Create the implicit import declaration.
15800   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
15801   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
15802                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
15803   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
15804   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
15805 
15806   // Make the module visible.
15807   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc);
15808   VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc);
15809 }
15810 
15811 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{'
15812 /// (if present).
15813 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc,
15814                                  SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
15815   ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc);
15816 
15817   // C++ Modules TS draft:
15818   //   An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one
15819   //   export keyword.
15820   //
15821   // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another
15822   // export-declaration.
15823   if (D->isExported())
15824     Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export);
15825 
15826   CurContext->addDecl(D);
15827   PushDeclContext(S, D);
15828   return D;
15829 }
15830 
15831 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration.
15832 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
15833   auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D);
15834   if (RBraceLoc.isValid())
15835     ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
15836 
15837   // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including
15838   // anonymous namespace).
15839 
15840   PopDeclContext();
15841   return D;
15842 }
15843 
15844 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15845                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15846                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15847                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
15848                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15849   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
15850                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
15851   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
15852       AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc);
15853 
15854   // If a declaration that:
15855   // 1) declares a function or a variable
15856   // 2) has external linkage
15857   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
15858   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15859     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
15860       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
15861     else
15862       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
15863           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
15864   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
15865   } else
15866     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
15867 }
15868 
15869 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15870                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15871                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15872   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
15873 
15874   if (PrevDecl) {
15875     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
15876   } else {
15877     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15878       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
15879         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
15880   }
15881 }
15882 
15883 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
15884                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
15885                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
15886                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
15887                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
15888   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
15889                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
15890   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
15891 
15892   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
15893     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
15894       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
15895         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
15896   } else {
15897     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
15898       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
15899   }
15900 }
15901 
15902 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
15903   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
15904 }
15905